20TH CENTURY INDUSTRIES
10-K, 1995-03-31
LIFE INSURANCE
Previous: TULTEX CORP, 10-K, 1995-03-31
Next: UNION CORP, 10-Q/A, 1995-03-31






                               SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                                    Washington, D.C.  20549
                                    ------------------------
                                                
                                           FORM 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934


For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994        Commission File Number 0-6964

                                    20TH CENTURY INDUSTRIES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


            CALIFORNIA                                       95-1935264
-----------------------------------             --------------------------------
 (State or other jurisdiction of                 (I.R.S. Employer Identification
  incorporation or organization)                            number)

           Suite 700, 6301 Owensmouth Avenue, Woodland Hills, California   91367
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      (Address of principal executive offices)        (Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code:   (818) 704-3700



                  Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
                                                
                                Common Stock, Without Par Value
                                -------------------------------
                                        (Title of Class)
                         Series A Preferred Stock, $1,000 Stated Value
                         ---------------------------------------------
                                        (Title of Class)

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation S-K is not contained  herein, and will not be contained,  to the
best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated by reference in  Part III of this  Form 10-K or any  amendment to
this Form 10-K.  [X]

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during  the preceding  12 months  (or for  such shorter  period that  the
registrant was required  to file such  reports), and (2)  has been subject  to
such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

                             YES   X    NO      
                                 -----     -----

The aggregate market value of the  voting stock held by non-affiliates of  the
registrant,  based  on  the  average  bid  and  asked prices for shares of the
Company's Common  Stock on  March 9,  1995 as  reported by  the New York Stock
Exchange, was approximately $454,525,896.

On March 9, 1995, the  registrant had outstanding 51,495,636 shares  of common
stock, without par value, which is the Company's only class of common stock.

                     DOCUMENT INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

Portions of the definitive proxy statement used in connection with the  annual
meeting of shareholders  of the registrant,  to be held  on May 25,  1995, are
incorporated herein by reference into Part III hereof.           

<PAGE> 2

                           20TH CENTURY INDUSTRIES
                                       
                         1994 FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT
                                       
                              Table of Contents

                                                                    Page
                                    PART I
                                    ------
                                       

      Item 1.        Business....................................      3

      Item 2.        Properties..................................     25

      Item 3.        Legal Proceedings...........................     25

      Item 4.        Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security
                           Holders...............................     26


                                   PART II
                                   -------

      Item 5.        Market for Registrant's Common Stock and
                           Related Stockholder Matters...........     28

      Item 6.        Selected Financial Data.....................     30

      Item 7.        Management's Discussion and Analysis of
                           Financial Condition and Results of
                           Operations............................     32

      Item 8.        Financial Statements and Supplementary
                           Data..................................     49

      Item 9.        Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants
                           on Accounting and Financial
                           Disclosure............................     80

                                   PART III
                                   --------

      Item 10.       Directors and Executive Officers of the
                           Registrant............................     80

      Item 11.       Executive Compensation......................     80

      Item 12.       Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial
                           Owners and Management.................     80

      Item 13.       Certain Relationships and Related
                           Transactions..........................     80

                                   PART IV
                                   -------

      Item 14.       Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedule and
                           Reports on Form 8-K...................     81

                     Signatures..................................     90


<PAGE> 3
                                    PART I
                                    ------

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS

GENERAL

      20th Century Industries is an insurance holding company incorporated  in
California.   Predecessor companies  were originally  founded in  1956 by  Mr.
Louis W. Foster  who retired as  Chief Executive Officer  and Chairman of  the
Board  in  1994.    Executive  offices  are located at 6301 Owensmouth Avenue,
Woodland  Hills,  California  91367.    The  telephone number of the Corporate
Office is  (818) 704-3700.   The  term "Company",  unless the context requires
otherwise,   refers   to   20th   Century   Industries  and  its  wholly-owned
subsidiaries,  20th  Century  Insurance  Company  and  21st  Century  Casualty
Company, both of which are property and casualty insurance companies  licensed
in California.

      The  Company   directly  markets   and  underwrites   private  passenger
automobile  liability  and  physical  damage  and  personal  excess  liability
insurance through 20th Century Insurance Company and similarly markets private
passenger  automobile  liability  and  physical  damage insurance through 21st
Century Casualty Company.  Prior to  an order by the California Department  of
Insurance  in  June  1994  (see  below),  the  Company marketed and underwrote
homeowners insurance  through 20th  Century Insurance  Company and condominium
insurance through 21st Century Casualty Company.

      The Company believes it has been able to grow profitably by (1) adhering
to  its  strategy  of  marketing  to  responsible  prospects  with  relatively
uncomplicated  insurance  needs,  (2)  selling  directly  to the customer, (3)
centralizing  and  streamlining  its  marketing,  customer  service and policy
change  processing,  and  (4)  providing  a  rate  structure  that the Company
believes is among the lowest in the market it serves.

      The  Company  limits  its  underwriting  of private passenger automobile
insurance to those  drivers defined by  California statute as  "Good Drivers."
The Company's  automobile program  has consistently  and profitably (excluding
the  Proposition  103  rollback  and  the  earthquake impact in 1994) grown to
1,132,605 vehicles in force as of December 31, 1994.  For a further discussion
regarding the impact of Proposition 103 and the earthquake losses, as well  as
subsequent capital financing, refer to  Notes 12, 13 and 14,  respectively, of
the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

<PAGE> 4

      The Company had  been issuing homeowners  policies through 20th  Century
Insurance Company  since 1982  and condominium  policies through  21st Century
Casualty  Company  since  1989;  however,  an  earthquake  occurred in the San
Fernando  Valley  area  of  California  on  January  17,  1994  resulting   in
unprecedented  losses  to  the  Company.    In  order  to reduce the Company's
earthquake  exposure,  it  ceased  writing  new  homeowners  and   condominium
insurance and ceased renewing  earthquake coverage endorsements in  accordance
with an order  by the California  Department of Insurance  in June 1994.   The
Company continues to renew existing homeowner and condominium policies for two
more annual renewal  periods, excluding earthquake  coverage.  All  earthquake
coverage  will  be  terminated  by  July  23,  1995  and  all  homeowners  and
condominium coverages will be terminated by July 23, 1997.

      In 1988, the Company expanded  its product line to include  the Personal
Excess  Liability  Policy  (PELP)  to  complement  its existing automobile and
homeowners programs.  Policies in  force totaled 11,072 at December  31, 1994.
The same direct selling and centralized processing strategies apply to PELP.

LIMITS OF INSURANCE COVERAGE

      The Company offers private passenger automobile bodily injury liability,
property   damage   liability,    medical   payments,   uninsured    motorist,
comprehensive, collision  and towing  coverages.   Policies are  written for a
six-month term.  Various limits  of liability are offered with  maximum limits
of $500,000 per person  and $500,000 per accident.   The most frequent  bodily
injury liability limits are $100,000 per person and $300,000 per accident.

      The  20th  Century  Insurance  Company  homeowners  program  utilized  a
replacement cost insurance policy which covered the dwelling and its contents.
Program rules provided for a minimum dwelling amount of $50,000 and a  maximum
dwelling amount of $500,000.  Personal liability coverage limits of  $100,000,
$200,000 and $300,000 were available.

      The  21st  Century  Casualty  Company  condominium  program  utilized  a
replacement cost policy which covered the condominium unit owner's contents up
to the policy limits.  Contents coverage limits were offered between a minimum

<PAGE> 5

of $25,000 and a maximum of $250,000.  Limits for personal liability  coverage
of $100,000, $200,000 and $300,000 were also available.

      The Personal Excess Liability Policy  (PELP) is written in 20th  Century
Insurance Company and provides liability  coverage with a limit of  $1,000,000
in  excess  of  the  underlying  automobile and homeowners liability coverage.
Minimum underlying automobile limits of  $100,000 per person and $300,000  per
accident are required while  homeowners must have $100,000  personal liability
coverage.  The underlying automobile coverage must be written by the Company.

MARKETING

      The Company  markets directly  to the  customer and  writes its policies
without utilizing  or engaging  outside agents  or brokers.   The Company uses
direct mail  and print  and radio  advertising to  market its  policies.   The
Company  continues  to  develop  a  substantial  amount of its new business by
referrals from existing policyholders.  This was particularly true in 1994  as
all planned newspaper, radio and direct mail advertising was cancelled due  to
the January 17th earthquake.  During 1994, approximately 86% of new automobile
business and  56% of  new homeowners  business was  obtained from referrals by
current customers.  The Company  ceased writing new homeowner and  condominium
owners policies in June 1994 as a consequence of the serious losses associated
with the Northridge earthquake.

      The Company's  marketing efforts  in recent  years have  focused on  the
Sacramento, San Francisco  and San Jose  areas in Northern  California and the
San Diego  area in  Southern California.   Approximately  25% of  new business
production for the Company comes from these areas.

UNDERWRITING

      The rate regulatory system in California requires the prior approval  of
rates.    Within  this  regulatory  framework,  the  Company  establishes  its
automobile premium  rates based  on actuarial  analysis of  its own historical
premium, loss  and expense  data.   These data  are compiled  and analyzed  to
establish overall rate  levels as well  as classification differentials.   The
Company's rates are  established at levels  intended to generate  underwriting
profits and vary for individual policies  based on a number of rating  charac-
teristics.  These  characteristics include driving  record, number of  years a
driver  has  been  licensed,  annual  mileage,  vehicle  usage,  value  of the
automobile and limits and deductibles selected.

<PAGE> 6

      20th Century  Insurance Company's  automobile risk  selection guidelines
are designed to  insure careful, responsible  individuals as indicated  by the
prospect's violation and accident history, and 21st Century Casualty Company's
guidelines are designed for the writing of statutorily defined "Good Drivers."

      In  1994,  approximately  61%  of  those  individuals who inquired about
purchasing  automobile  insurance  were  sent  applications  for  20th Century
Insurance Company following a preliminary screening by the Company's marketing
representatives.    Another  28%  were  determined  to  be eligible for a 21st
Century Casualty  insurance application.   These  application assignments were
based  on  prior  insurance  and  driving  record.    Approximately 84% of the
applications  returned  to  20th  Century  Insurance  Company and 67% of those
returned to  21st Century  Casualty Company  were accepted  by the Company for
issuance of a policy based on verification of driving record.

      The  Company  reviews  many  of  its  automobile policies at the time of
renewal and/or as changes  occur during the policy  period.  The customer  may
contact the  Company to  make changes,  such as  the addition  or deletion  of
drivers or  vehicles, changes  in the  classification of  drivers or  usage of
vehicles, changes  in garaging  location and  changes in  coverages or limits.
Some mid-term changes may result in premium adjustments and some may result in
the  policy  being  reunderwritten  and  eventually  not  renewed because of a
substantial increase in hazard.

SERVICING OF BUSINESS

      The Company has successfully  achieved operating savings and  maintained
an extremely  low expense  ratio because  of its  efficient processing  of all
aspects  of  customer  service.    The  Company  will  continue  to design and
implement effective systems, fully supported by computers, to improve  service
and  efficiency  in  the  marketing,  policy  service, underwriting and claims
functions.    As  in  the  past,  the  Company  will  increase  its processing
capabilities to meet growing workload  demands.  The computer systems  provide
the information resources and  data processing capabilities which  support the
business and technical needs of the Company.  In addition to providing ongoing
support, the systems  provide the strategic  capabilities necessary to  manage
the Company's business.  The Company's electronic digital voice communications
system facilitated  more than  29.9 million  originations during  1994.   Each
Division Service Office  has its own  telephone system, which  is tied to  the
centralized home office system, to service its customers.

<PAGE> 7

CLAIMS

      Claims  operations  include  the  receipt  and  analysis of initial loss
reports,  assignment  of  legal  counsel  and  settlement  approval.  Whenever
possible, physical damage claims are handled through the use of Company drive-
in  claims  and  vehicle  inspection  centers.    The  claims management staff
administers the claims settlement process  and directs the legal and  adjuster
components of that process.   Each claim is carefully analyzed to provide  for
fair loss payments, to comply  with the Company's contractual obligations  and
to minimize loss adjustment expense.  Liability and material damage claims are
handled by specialists in each area.   In order to handle the heavy volume  of
claims received as a result of the Northridge Earthquake, the Company  engaged
outside adjuster firms.

      The Company utilizes its staff of 59 full-time attorneys who handle  all
aspects of claims litigation, including trial, from offices in Brea,  Ontario,
Long Beach and Woodland  Hills.  Staff attorneys  handle more than 75%  of the
Company's  lawsuits.    Suits  which  may  involve  a conflict of interest are
assigned to outside counsel.

      Recognizing the  need to  provide its  customers with  convenient, local
service,  the  Company  has  established  10  Division  Service Offices in Los
Angeles, Orange, San Diego and Ventura Counties.  Each Division Service Office
is a full  service center, staffed  with between seventy-five  and one-hundred
employees who provide complete  claims services from initial  investigation to
final  conclusion.    While  most  policy  changes  are processed centrally by
telephone through the Woodland Hills Home Office, each Division Service Office
has at least two customer service representatives to assist "walk-ins."

      The  Company  has  thirteen  drive-in  claims facilities in Los Angeles,
Orange, San  Diego and  Ventura Counties.   Each  drive-in facility is staffed
with between two and five employees.

      The Specialty Division is comprised of three vehicle inspection  centers
located in Los Angeles and in Orange Counties.  Each vehicle inspection center
is staffed with between fifteen and twenty employees who handle total  losses,
total thefts and vehicles which are not driveable.

      The Claims Services Division employs over 100 people who are responsible
for subrogation  and medical  payments claims  for all  programs and  workers'
compensation claims arising under the homeowners policy.

<PAGE> 8

      The Homeowners Division  processes all homeowners  property claims on  a
regional basis and is made up of three units of approximately twenty employees
each.  The units are located in Monrovia, Santa Ana and Woodland Hills.

LOSS AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSE RESERVES

      The Company establishes reserves, or liabilities, for the future payment
of  losses  and  loss  adjustment  expenses  for  claims,  both  reported  and
unreported, which were incurred as of  an accounting date.  Such reserves  are
estimates, as of a particular date, of the amount the Company will  ultimately
pay for claims incurred as of the accounting date.

      "Case basis" reserves  are established for  bodily injury liability  and
uninsured motorist claims which are either expected to exceed $15,000 or older
than two years.  Such case  reserves are based on the specific  circumstances,
merits and relevant contractual policy  provisions of the claim.   Anticipated
effects of inflation are included in the case reserve.

      Case reserves for other bodily injury and uninsured motorists claims and
for all  other coverages  are established  by an  average case  reserve value.
These average values are based on  a monthly review of recent claims  payments
for each coverage.

      The  Company  supplements  the  case  loss  reserve  estimates with loss
reserves estimated using actuarial methodologies.  These reserves are designed
to provide for  claims incurred by,  but not reported  to or recorded  by, the
Company  as  of  the  accounting  date  (IBNR)  and  for  changes over time in
individual case reserve estimates.  The actuarial reserves are estimated using
actuarial techniques and the Company's own historical loss experience and  are
reviewed each quarter.

<PAGE> 9

      The  claims  and  legal  costs  estimated  to settle incurred claims are
included  in  reserves  for  loss  adjustment  expenses.    These reserves are
determined  using  actuarial  techniques  and  the  Company's  own  historical
experience.

      Anticipated  effects  of  inflation  are  implicitly  considered  in the
actuarial estimates of liabilities for loss and loss adjustment expenses.

      Amounts reported are estimates of  the ultimate net costs of  settlement
which are necessarily subject to the impact of future changes in economic  and
social conditions.  Management  believes that, given the  inherent variability
in any  such estimates,  the aggregate  reserves are  within a  reasonable and
acceptable range of adequacy.   The methods of  making such estimates and  for
establishing the resulting reserves  are continually reviewed and  updated and
any adjustments resulting therefrom are reflected in earnings currently.

      The Company does not discount to present value loss and loss  adjustment
expense reserves expected to be paid in future periods.

<PAGE> 10

      The following table  provides a reconciliation  of beginning and  ending
reserves  for  losses  and  loss  adjustment  expenses,  net  of   reinsurance
recoverable, for the  indicated periods to  the gross amounts  reported in the
Company's consolidated financial statements.

<TABLE>
                                                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,    
                                               ----------------------------------
                                                  1994         1993         1992
                                                  ----         ----         ----
                                                      (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)


<S>                                          <C>            <C>         <C>                                                         
Reserves for losses and loss adjustment
  expenses, net of reinsurance recover-
  ables on unpaid losses, at beginning
  of year                                    $  574,619     $554,034    $547,098
Incurred losses and loss adjustment
  expenses, net of reinsurance:
    Provision for insured events of
      the current year, non-earthquake
      related, net of reinsurance             1,028,983      930,437     838,263
    Provision for insured events of the
      current year, earthquake related,
      net of reinsurance                        868,407         -           -
    Decrease in provision for
      insured events of prior years,
      net of reinsurance                        (84,453)     (62,986)    (73,889)
                                             ----------     --------   --------- 
    Total incurred losses and loss
      adjustment expenses, net of
      reinsurance                             1,812,937      867,451     764,374
                                             ----------     --------   ---------

Payments, net of reinsurance:
    Losses and loss adjustment expenses
      attributable to insured events of
      the current year, non-earthquake re-
      lated, net of reinsurance                 578,598      519,232     437,174
    Losses and loss adjustment expenses
      attributable to insured events of
      the current year, earthquake related,
      net of reinsurance                        708,981         -           -
    Losses and loss adjustment expenses
      attributable to insured events of
      prior years, net of reinsurance           344,876      327,634     320,264
                                             ----------     --------    --------
      Total payments, net of reinsurance      1,632,455      846,866     757,438
                                             ----------     --------    --------
Reserves for losses and loss adjustment
  expenses, net  of reinsurance recover-
  ables on unpaid losses, at year end           755,101      574,619     554,034
Reinsurance recoverables on unpaid
  losses, at year end                             1,142        2,871         507
                                             ----------     --------    --------
Reserves for losses and loss adjust-
  ment expenses, gross of reinsurance
  recoverables on unpaid losses, at
  year end                                   $  756,243     $577,490    $554,541
                                             ==========     ========    ========
</TABLE>

<PAGE> 11

      The following table  reconciles the reserves  reported in the  Company's
consolidated  financial  statements  prepared  in  accordance  with  generally
accepted accounting  principles (GAAP)  and those  reported in  the statements
filed with the California Department of Insurance in accordance with statutory
accounting principles (SAP).  In  1994, the Company began to  record estimated
recoveries for salvage and  subrogation on a SAP  basis.  Prior to  1994, such
anticipated recoveries were recorded only on a GAAP basis.
                                                      DECEMBER 31,           
                                          -----------------------------------
                                             1994         1993        1992
                                             ----         ----        ----
                                                (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)

Reserves reported on a
  SAP basis                               $755,101     $620,939    $596,444
Adjustments:
  Reinsurance recoverables on unpaid
  losses and LAE                             1,142        2,871         507
  Estimated recovery for salvage
  and subrogation                             -         (46,320)    (42,410)
                                          --------     --------    -------- 
Reserves reported on a GAAP basis         $756,243     $577,490    $554,541
                                          ========     ========    ========
      
      The following  table represents  the development  of GAAP  balance sheet
reserves, net of reinsurance, for the  years 1984 through 1994.  The  top line
of the table shows the reserves at the balance sheet date, net of  reinsurance
recoverables on unpaid  losses and loss  adjustment expenses, for  each of the
years  indicated.    Such  net  amounts  represent  estimated  losses and loss
adjustment expenses unpaid as of the particular balance sheet date for  claims
arising prior to the  balance sheet date whether  or not reported.   The upper
portion of the  table indicates the  cumulative amounts paid  as of successive
years with respect to that reserve liability.  The lower portion of the  table
indicates the re-estimated amount of the previously recorded reserves based on
experience  as  of  the  end  of  each  succeeding  year, including cumulative
payments made since the end of  the respective year.  The estimate  changes as
more information becomes known about the frequency and severity of claims  for
individual years.  A redundancy (deficiency) exists when the original  reserve
estimate  is  greater  (less)  than  the re-estimated reserves at December 31,
1994.

      Each amount in the following  table includes the effects of  all changes
in amounts for  prior periods.   The table does  not present accident  year or
policy year development  data.  Conditions  and trends that  have affected the
development  of  liabilities  in  the  past  may  not necessarily occur in the
future.    Therefore,  it  may  not  be  appropriate  to  extrapolate   future
deficiencies or redundancies based on the table.

<PAGE> 12

<TABLE>
                                                          AS OF DECEMBER 31,
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      1984      1985     1986       1987     1988      1989      1990      1991      1992      1993      1994
                      ----      ----     ----       ----     ----      ----      ----      ----      ----      ----      ----
                                                         (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)

<S>                <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>          
  Reserves for
    losses and loss
    adjustment exp.$105,178  $144,972  $206,266  $297,853  $391,748  $472,010  $525,220  $547,098  $554,034  $574,619  $755,101
  Paid (cumulative)
    as of:
  One year later     76,665   102,660   138,944   180,516   197,555   242,757   300,707   320,264   327,634   344,876           
  Two years later   105,218   139,652   187,448   238,947   271,163   328,606   391,970   401,019   403,434           
  Three years later 118,982   158,555   211,477   272,955   310,757   366,369   420,853   426,412           
  Four years later  126,037   168,627   226,550   289,901   326,495   377,980   429,791           
  Five years later  130,206   174,716   233,287   296,310   330,014   381,507           
  Six years later   132,306   176,744   235,367   297,764   330,879           
  Seven years later 132,656   176,947   235,510   298,098           
  Eight years later 132,713   176,968   235,515           
  Nine years later  132,625   176,995           
  Ten years later   132,618           
  Reserves re-
    estimated as of:
  One year later    112,962   156,341   227,848   294,504   357,220   402,706   473,974   473,209   491,048   490,166           
  Two years later   124,233   171,218   230,412   302,991   342,365   397,847   449,348   461,343   447,880           
  Three years later 130,349   173,717   237,587   304,925   340,760   389,559   442,508   440,198           
  Four years later  131,056   178,400   239,096   302,661   333,432   384,948   433,408           
  Five years later  133,089   178,651   237,528   298,764   332,100   382,331           
  Six years later   133,070   177,732   236,026   298,603   331,191           
  Seven years later 133,069   177,104   235,819   298,319           
  Eight years later 132,755   177,088   235,698           
  Nine years later  132,671   177,038           
  Ten years later   132,644         
  Redundancy
    (Deficiency)   $(27,466) $(32,066) $(29,432) $   (466) $ 60,557   $89,679   $91,812  $106,900  $106,154   $84,453           
  
</TABLE>
  
<PAGE> 13
    
         Reconciliations for the indicated periods between (1) the net  reserves
  for losses and  loss adjustment expenses  at year end  (the original reserve
  estimate in the ten-year table on  the previous page) and the related  gross
  reserves for  losses and  loss adjustment  expenses on  the balance sheet at
  year end and  (2) the net  re-estimated reserves and  the related gross  re-
  estimated reserves as of the end  of the latest re-estimation period are  as
  follows:
  
                                                  1993                  1994
                                                  ----                  ----
                                                   (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
  
  Gross Liability - End of Year                $577,490              $756,243
  Reinsurance Recoverable                         2,871                 1,142
  Net Liability - End of Year                   574,619               755,101
  
  Gross Re-Estimated Liability - Latest        $492,671             
  Re-Estimated Recoverable - Latest               2,505          
  Net Re-Estimated Liability - Latest           490,166          
  
  Gross Cumulative Redundancy (Deficiency)     $ 84,819          
  
  
  
<PAGE> 14

  OPERATING RATIOS
  
  Loss and Expense Ratios
  
       Loss and expense ratios are traditionally used to interpret the  under-
  writing experience  of property  and casualty  insurance companies.   Losses
  and loss adjustment expenses are  stated as a percentage of  premiums earned
  as  losses  may  occur  over  the  life  of  a  particular insurance policy.
  Underwriting expenses  are stated  as a  percentage of  premiums written for
  statutory accounting  purposes and  as a  percentage of  earned premiums for
  GAAP purposes.  Underwriting profit  margins are a reflection of  the extent
  to which the combined loss and expense ratios are less than 100%.  The  loss
  ratios, expense  ratios (excluding  interest), and  combined ratios  for the
  Company's subsidiaries,  each on  a SAP  and GAAP  basis, are  shown in  the
  following tables.
  
                                         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                            --------------------------------------------
  
  Companywide - SAP         1994      1993     1992      1991      1990
  -----------------         ----      ----     ----      ----      ----
  
  Loss Ratio               173.0%     88.0%    85.9%     88.2%     86.4%
  Expense Ratio              9.9      10.5     10.0       9.7      10.0
                           -----      ----     ----      ----      ----
  Combined Ratio           182.9%     98.5%    95.9%     97.9%     96.4%
                           =====      ====     ====      ====      ====
  
  
  
                                         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                            -------------------------------------------
  
  Companywide - GAAP        1994      1993     1992      1991      1990
  ------------------        ----      ----     ----      ----      ----
  
  Loss Ratio               177.6%     87.7%    85.3%     86.3%     85.8%
  Expense Ratio             10.1      10.7     10.0       9.9      10.1
                           -----      ----     ----      ----      ----
  Combined Ratio           187.7%     98.4%    95.3%     96.2%     95.9%
                           =====      ====     ====      ====      ====
  
       The Northridge Earthquake contributed 85.1% on both a GAAP and SAP
  basis to the 1994 loss ratios.
  
<PAGE> 15

  Premiums to Surplus Ratio
  
      The  following  tables  show,  for  the periods indicated, the Company's
  statutory  and  GAAP  ratios  of  net  premiums  written  to  policyholders'
  surplus.  Since each property  and casualty insurance company has  different
  capital  needs,  an   "appropriate"  ratio  of   net  premiums  written   to
  policyholders' surplus for one  company may not be  the same as for  another
  company.  While there is no statutory requirement applicable to the  Company
  which establishes  a permissible  net premium  to surplus  ratio, guidelines
  established by the National  Association of Insurance Commissioners  provide
  that such ratio should  generally be no greater  than 3 to 1  on a statutory
  basis.
  
      The Company's net premiums  written to policyholders' surplus  ratio was
  adversely affected by the Northridge Earthquake.  The California  Department
  of Insurance (DOI) has  approved the current ratio  and is working with  the
  Company to  improve its  surplus levels.   The  DOI ordered  the Company  to
  cease writing  new homeowners  and condominium  business and  cease renewing
  earthquake coverage endorsements.  For further discussion, see  Management's
  Discussion and Analysis - Financial Condition.
  
  
<TABLE>
                                             YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                           ---------------------------------------------------------
       SAP                   1994        1993        1992        1991        1990
       ---                   ----        ----        ----        ----        ----
                                (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT RATIO)
  

<S>                       <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>         <C>                                                     
  Net premiums written    $1,032,737  $1,021,902    $918,443    $833,194    $740,249
  Policyholders' surplus  $  207,018  $  582,176    $500,619    $406,655    $337,367
  Ratio                        4.9:1       1.8:1       1.8:1       2.0:1       2.2:1 
  
  
                                      YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                           ---------------------------------------------------------
       GAAP                  1994       1993        1992        1991        1990
       ----                  ----       ----        ----        ----        ----
                                (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT RATIO)
  
  Net premiums written    $1,032,737  $1,021,902    $918,443    $833,194    $740,249
  Policyholders' surplus  $  442,871  $  694,555    $597,203    $491,064    $407,921
  Ratio                        2.3:1       1.5:1       1.5:1       1.7:1       1.8:1 
</TABLE>
  
<PAGE> 16

  INVESTMENTS AND INVESTMENT RESULTS
  
      The  Company's  investment  guidelines  are  reviewed  by the Investment
  Committee which is comprised of five directors.
  
      The guidelines emphasize  buying high-quality fixed  income investments.
  Because of the  net operating loss  (NOL) carryforwards which  resulted from
  the 1994  Northridge Earthquake,  the Company  sold all  of its  appreciated
  tax-exempt bonds  and used  the proceeds  to pay  losses and re-invested the
  remainder in taxable  government and corporate  bonds and commercial  paper.
  Until the NOL is substantially utilized, the Company's investable cash  will
  go into  taxable securities.   While  the Company's  policy is  generally to
  hold  these   investments  until   maturity,  its   ongoing  monitoring  and
  evaluation of investment  holdings and market  conditions may, from  time to
  time,  result  in  selected  sales  of  investments  prior to maturity.  The
  Company has designated  all of its  portfolio as "available-for-sale".   See
  Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, "Investments."
  
<PAGE> 17

      The following table summarizes investment results for the periods and as
  of the dates shown:

<TABLE>
                                               YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                  
                             ------------------------------------------------------------
                               1994            1993       1992        1991         1990
                               ----            ----       ----        ----         ----
                                              (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)

<S>                        <C>             <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>                                                  
Average invested assets
  (at amortized cost)
  (includes cash and
  cash equivalents)        $1,190,751 (1)  $1,384,926  $1,273,168  $1,161,816  $1,017,004
Net investment income:
  Before income taxes          84,761          97,574      94,255      90,043      81,056
  After income taxes           68,629          87,915      85,442      79,706      71,386
Average annual return
  on investments:
  Before income taxes             6.7%(1)         7.1%        7.4%        7.8%        8.0%
  After income taxes              5.4%(1)         6.3%        6.7%        6.9%        7.0%
Net realized investment
  gains after income taxes     40,010          10,874       7,589       6,030       2,356
Net increase (decrease)
  in unrealized gains
  on fixed maturity
  investments after
  income taxes               (134,660)         39,863      12,832      24,838      (4,545)

</TABLE>

(1)   The investment portfolio decreased substantially as a result of the sale
      of investments to generate realized capital gains to  offset the  severe
      losses caused by the Northridge Earthquake.  The lower return on invest-
      ments is a result of selling older securities with higher yields and re-
      investing in taxable securities with lower current yields.  In addition,
      available cash was  invested in commercial  paper which yielded  a lower
      interest rate than that earned on the bond portfolio.
      
            
<PAGE> 18

            The following table sets forth the composition of the  investments
      and cash and cash  equivalents  of the  Company at  the dates indicated.


<TABLE>
                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                       ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                               1994                   1993                     1992
                       ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)

                       AMORTIZED    FAIR       AMORTIZED    FAIR      AMORTIZED       FAIR
Type of Security         COST       VALUE        COST       VALUE        COST         VALUE   
----------------      ----------  ---------   ----------  ----------  ----------    ----------



<S>                   <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>           <C>                                             
Fixed Maturities:
 U.S. Treasury Secur-
 ities and obliga-
 tions of U.S. Govern-
 ment corporations
 and agencies         $  240,690  $  232,678  $    6,258  $    6,777  $    8,350    $    8,956
 Obligations of
 states and politi-
 cal sub-divisions       292,723     261,614   1,273,231   1,399,173   1,151,668     1,225,333
 Public utilities        147,241     139,173      11,060      11,935      20,158        20,620
 Corporate secur-
 ities                   322,177     307,941     131,467     149,876     126,316       136,001
                      ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------   ---------     ---------

Total Fixed Maturities 1,002,831     941,406   1,422,016   1,567,761   1,306,492     1,390,910
Common Stock                 539         768        -           -           -             -
Nonredeemable
  Preferred Stock           -           -            539         539         539           539
                      ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------     ---------

Total Investments      1,003,370     942,174   1,422,555   1,568,300   1,307,031     1,391,449
                      ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------    ----------

Cash and Cash
  Equivalents            249,834     249,834      17,894      17,894      14,978        14,978
                      ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------    ----------

Total Investments
  and Cash and Cash
  Equivalents         $1,253,204  $1,192,008  $1,440,449  $1,586,194  $1,322,009    $1,406,427
                      ==========  ==========  ==========  ==========  ==========    ==========

</TABLE>

            In 1994, the Company implemented Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No.115,"Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Secur-
ities".  For a further discussion of this new standard, refer to Note 1 of the
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, "Investments".

<PAGE> 19

COMPETITION

      The property and casualty insurance market is highly competitive and  is
comprised  of  a  large  number  of  well capitalized companies, many of which
operate in a number of states and  offer a wide variety of lines of  business.
Several of these competitors are  larger and have greater financial  resources
than the Company.   Based on  published statistics, the  Company is the  fifth
largest writer of private passenger automobile insurance in California.

      While  the  Company  competes  with  all  private  passenger  automobile
insurers in the state,  the Company is in  more direct competition with  other
major writers  which concentrate  on the  larger good  driver market than with
those which specialize  in "non-standard", "high-risk"  or other niche  market
segments.

      The  Company's  marketing  and  underwriting  strategy  is  to appeal to
careful  and  responsible  drivers  who  are  willing  to deal direct with the
Company in  order to  save a  significant amount  of money  on their insurance
premium.  As a  result, the Company is  able to maintain policy  renewal rates
well above the industry average.

      By  selling  its  products  directly  to  the  insured,  the Company has
eliminated agents  and brokers  commissions.   The Company  provides the  same
services as agents, but at a reduced cost.  The Company also relies heavily on
its centralization  of operations  and its  computerized information  services
system to efficiently service its policyholders and claimants.

      Consequently, the Company consistently  operates with one of  the lowest
underwriting and loss adjustment expense ratios in the industry and is able to
maintain its rates among the lowest in the market it serves.

REINSURANCE

      The Company purchases reinsurance to reduce  its loss in the event of  a
catastrophe or from infrequent, large individual claims.  A reinsurance trans-
action occurs  when the  Company transfers  (cedes) a  portion of its exposure
from direct business written to a reinsurer which assumes that exposure for  a
premium.  The reinsurance cession does not legally discharge the Company  from
its liability for a covered primary loss, but provides for reimbursement  from
the reinsurer to the Company for the ceded portion.

<PAGE> 20

      The Company reviews the financial  condition of its reinsurers with  its
reinsurance  intermediary  at  annual  treaty  renewal.    Participants   with
financial difficulties, if any, can be  removed at that time.  The  Company is
presently  not  aware  of   any  of  its  reinsurers   experiencing  financial
difficulties.

      Following  the  January 17,  1994  Northridge  Earthquake, the Company's
reinsurance  coverage  of  75%  of  $100 million  in excess of $10 million was
reinstated at a cost of $13 million  and additional reinsurance of 75% of  the
next $100 million  was purchased  effective April 1,  1994, for  approximately
$3 million.  These treaties expired on June 30, 1994.

      This reinsurance program  was renewed for  the period from  July 1, 1994
through  June 30,  1995,  with  amended  terms,  for a total annual premium of
approximately $28 million.   Coverage  under these  treaties is  provided by a
number of domestic, foreign and London market companies in layers as follows:

              Catastrophe                Company            Reinsurance
               Loss Layer               Retention             Amount  
           -----------------           -----------         -----------

          first $ 10,000,000          $10,000,000        $          0
          next  $ 90,000,000          $ 7,200,000        $ 82,800,000
          next  $100,000,000          $ 5,000,000        $ 95,000,000

      In order to  provide reinsurance coverage  for the declining  earthquake
exposure,  the  Company  also   purchased  from  National  Indemnity   Company
additional  reinsurance  in  excess  of  the  underlying  $200 million.     An
additional  layer  beginning  at  $400 million  effective  June 16,  1994  and
decreasing by $50 million each  month through February 15, 1995  was purchased
for a total premium of approximately $21.8 million.

      An extension of the additional coverage from National Indemnity  Company
was purchased effective January 23, 1995 for a total premium of  approximately
$7.8 million.  This coverage begins  at a limit of $200 million  and decreases
in increments ranging from $25 million to $35 million on the 1st and the  16th
of each month beginning March 1, 1995 through May 1, 1995.  The treaty expires
May 15, 1995.

      The  Company  also  has  an  excess  of  loss  reinsurance treaty on its
homeowners line with General  Reinsurance Corporation.  The  reinsurer's limit

<PAGE> 21

is $650,000 in excess of the Company's retention of $300,000 per risk, subject
to a maximum reinsurer's limit of $1,300,000 per occurrence.

      The Company has a quota share reinsurance treaty for the Personal Excess
Liability Program.  Underwriters Reinsurance Company is the lead reinsurer for
this treaty.  The  Company retains 40% and  cedes 60% of each  risk under this
treaty.

REGULATION

      The  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  are  subject  to  regulation   and
supervision by the California Department of Insurance ("DOI") which has  broad
regulatory, supervisory and administrative powers, related primarily to:

      1.    licensing of insurance companies and agents,
      2.    prior approval of rates, rules, and forms,
      3.    standards of solvency,
      4.    nature of, and limitations on, insurance company investments,
      5.    periodic examination of the affairs of insurers,
      6.    annual and other periodic  reports of the financial  condition and
            results of operations of insurers,
      7.    the  establishment  of  accounting  rules  regarding loss and loss
            adjustment expense and other reserves, and
      8.    the issuance of securities by insurers.

      Regulation  by  the  DOI  is  designed  principally  for  the benefit of
policyholders.    The  DOI  conducts  periodic  examinations  of the Company's
insurance subsidiaries.

      In January 1995, the Company and the DOI reached a settlement concerning
the Company's Proposition  103  rollback  liability, wherein  $78  million was
allocated for customer refunds consistent with rollback obligations establish-
ed through a DOI administrative hearing during 1992.   A more detailed discus-
sion of Proposition 103 can be found in Note  12 of the  Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements.

      The operations of the Company are influenced by the laws of the State of
California and changes in those laws  can affect the revenues and expenses  of
the Company.   The  Company is  a member  of industry  organizations which may

<PAGE> 22

advocate  legislative  and  initiative  proposals  and which provide financial
support  to  officeholders  and  candidates  for  California  statewide public
offices.     The  Company   also  makes   financial  contributions   to  those
officeholders  and  candidates  who,  in  the  opinion  of  management, have a
favorable understanding of  the needs of  the property and  casualty insurance
industry.    In  1994,  these  contributions  were approximately $81,000.  The
Company believes that  such contributions are  important to the  future of the
property and casualty insurance industry in California and intends to continue
to make such contributions as it determines to be appropriate.

PROPOSED LEGISLATION

      Property/casualty insurers are continuing to promote federal legislation
which would provide economic protection, and help save lives, in the event  of
natural disasters such as earthquakes.

      In September 1994, a revised version of H.R. 2873, the Natural  Disaster
                           -------                                            
Protection Act, was reported out of  the House Public Works Committee.   While
it did not  reach the House  floor in 1994,  this revised version  will likely
serve as the basis for discussion when the 104th Congress convenes in 1995.

      Rather than the primary insurance  fund posed by the original  bill, the
new  version,  called  the   Natural  Disaster  Protection  Partnership   Act,
establishes  a  private  Natural  Disaster  Protection  Corporation  funded by
insurers,  reinsurers  and  state  insurance  pools  to  provide  catastrophic
coverage for residential property losses.  Fund shortages could be covered  by
federal loans.

      In return for protection by this reinsurance, all participating insurers
must  provide  earthquake  and  volcanic  eruption  coverage  along with their
standard homeowner policies.   The new  bill retrains required  state disaster
mitigation plans, but would not cover commercial losses, including  apartments
and businesses.

      Legislation  has  been  introduced  (SB  49) within the California state
legislature to make  certain changes to  the Financial Responsibility  law and
impose arbitration requirements for specific third-party bodily injury claims.
A bill has been introduced to reinstate third-party bad faith (AB 1083).   Two
bills  are  pending  that  contain  proposals  for  a  no-fault system for the
compensation of automobile injury claims (AB 607 and SB 1229).

<PAGE> 23

      At this time, it is uncertain  what may be the likelihood of  passage of
any  of  these  state  legislative  proposals  or  their  potential for future
amendments or agreement or veto by the state's governor.

HOLDING COMPANY ACT

      The Company's subsidiaries are  subject to regulation by  the California
Department of Insurance pursuant to the provisions of the California Insurance
Holding Company System  Regulatory Act (the  "Holding Company Act").   The DOI
may examine the affairs of the subsidiaries at any time.  Certain transactions
defined to be of an "extraordinary" type may not be effected without the prior
approval  of  the  California  Department  of  Insurance.    Such transactions
include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  sales,  purchases, exchanges, loans and
extensions of credit, and investments made within the immediately preceding 12
months involving  in the  net aggregate,  more than  the lesser  of 5%  of the
Company's admitted assets or surplus as to policyholders, as of the  preceding
December 31.   An extraordinary  transaction also  includes a  dividend which,
together  with  other  dividends  or  distributions  made within the preceding
twelve  months,  exceeds  the  greater  of  10%  of  the  insurance  company's
policyholders'  surplus  as  of  the  preceding  December 31  or the insurance
company's net  income for  the preceding  calendar year.   The California code
further provides that  property and casualty  insurers may pay  dividends only
from earned surplus.  The Holding Company Act generally restricts the  ability
of any one person to acquire more than 10% of the Company's voting  securities
without prior regulatory approval.

ASSIGNED RISKS

      Automobile liability insurers in California are required to  participate
in the  California Automobile  Assigned Risk  Plan (CAARP).   Each  company is
required to write liability insurance coverages for drivers applying to  CAARP
for  placement  as  "assigned  risks"  because  their driving records or other
relevant  characteristics  make  them  difficult  to  insure  in the voluntary
market.   The number  of assignments  for each  insurer is  based on the total
applications received by the plan and the insurer's market share.

      The number of applicants to  CAARP and number of assigned  risk policies
in force for the Company declined between 1992 and 1993 and then climbed again
in 1994 as follows:
        
<PAGE> 24

                            APPLICATIONS TO CAARP          POLICIES IN FORCE
           YEAR                  DURING  YEAR                AT DECEMBER 31 
           ----             ---------------------          -----------------
        
           1992                    131,426                        6,403
           1993                    125,670                        6,427
           1994                    136,572                        7,285

      During 1990, rates  for CAARP were  extremely competitive with  those in
the  voluntary  market.    In  February  1989,  CAARP filed for an increase of
112.3%.  The  Insurance Commissioner granted  an interim rate  increase of 85%
effective October 1, 1990.  CAARP appealed the Commissioner's decision to  the
Superior  Court,  which  ruled  in  favor  of  the  full 112.3%.  In 1994, the
Commissioner and  CAARP reached  an agreement  which allowed  the interim rate
increase of 85% to become permanent while CAARP agreed to withdraw its lawsuit
and submit a revised  rate filing.  In  September 1994, CAARP proposed  a rate
increase of 12.8% which the Commissioner cut by more than half to 5.2%.

      The 85%  rate increase  and a  requirement implemented  by the  Superior
Court that an applicant be certified as eligible for assignment contributed to
the decline in the number of applicants  to CAARP between 1992 and 1993.   The
increased rate level,  while not making  the remaining assigned  risk business
profitable, did at least cause it to be less unprofitable.  The future  effect
of  the  assigned  risk  plan  on  the  Company cannot be predicted because it
depends on  the ability  of CAARP  to achieve  and maintain  an adequate  rate
level.

EMPLOYEES

      The  Company  had  approximately  2300  full  and part-time employees at
December 31,  1994.   The Company  provides medical,  pension and 401K savings
plan benefits to its employees according to the provisions of each plan.   The
Company believes that  its relationship with  its employees is  excellent, and
employee turnover generally is very low.

<PAGE> 25

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES

      The  Company  leases  its  Home  Office  building  in  Woodland   Hills,
California,  which  contains  approximately  234,000  square  feet of leasable
office space.  The lease was amended in October 1994 which expanded the  lease
term until November 1999.  The lease may be renewed for two consecutive  five-
year periods.

      The  Company  also  leases  office  space  in  nineteen  other locations
throughout  Southern  California.    The  Company anticipates no difficulty in
extending these leases or obtaining comparable office facilities in comparable
locations.

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS


      From time to time the Company has been named as a defendant in  lawsuits
incident to its business.   Currently included in this class of litigation are
almost  50  actions that arise out of  Northridge  earthquake claims.    It is
believed  that  a  majority  of these claims were filed to protect statutes of
limitations.  Some of the actions request exemplary or punitive damages. These
actions  are  vigorously  defended  unless  a  reasonable  settlement  appears
appropriate.   While any litigation has an element of uncertainty, the Company
does not believe that the ultimate  outcome of these pending actions will have
a material  adverse effect  on its consolidated financial condition or results
of its operations.

      On  January  27,  1995, the California Department of Insurance issued an
order which among other  things, addressed the  issue of the  Company's rebate
liability associated with Proposition 103.  The order, based upon a stipulated
agreement with the Company, required refunds to policyholders, while providing
immediate cpital  additions to  improve the  Company's financial strength, and
financial resources for possible increases in earthquake claims.  On March 28,
1995, suit was filed  by a consumer  group, challenging the settlement and the
resultant order issued by the Insurance Commissioner.   The Company is advised
by counsel, and  believes that any  challenge to the settlement will be unsuc-
cessful.  A more detailed discussion of the settlement can be found in Note 12
of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

<PAGE> 26

ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

      As a result of the dramatic decline in financial strength of the Company
due to the gross losses caused by the Northridge Earthquake, a special meeting
of the shareholders  was held on  December 15, 1994  to vote on  the following
matters:

1.    INVESTMENT AGREEMENT  PROPOSAL -  An investment  and Strategic  Alliance
Agreement  dated  as  of  October  17,  1994  between the Company and American
International Group,  Inc., a  Delaware corporation  ("AIG"), including, among
other things, (a)  the sale to  AIG, or to  certain wholly owned  subsidiaries
that AIG may designate,  for an aggregate purchase  price of $216 million,  of
(i) 200,000  shares of  the Company's  Series A  Convertible Preferred  Stock,
stated value  $1,000 per  share which  are convertible  into shares  of common
stock without par value, at a conversion price of $11.33 per share (subject to
customary antidilution provisions), and (ii)  16 million Series A Warrants  to
purchase an  aggregate of  16 million  shares of  Common Stock  at an exercise
price of $13.50  per share; (b)  the issuance of  shares of Common  Stock upon
conversion of  shares of  Series A  Preferred Stock  and upon  exercise of the
Series A  Warrants in  accordance with  their terms;  and (c)  the issuance of
additional shares of Series A Preferred  Stock at the election of the  Company
in the event  gross losses and  allocated loss adjustment  expenses associated
with  the  January  17,  1994  Northridge,  California  Earthquake exceed $850
million.

2.    INCREASED AUTHORIZED CAPITAL  PROPOSAL - An  amendment to the  Company's
Articles of Incorporation increasing the number of authorized shares of Common
Stock from 80 million shares to 110 million shares.

<PAGE> 27

3.    TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS PROPOSAL - An amendment to the Company's  Articles
of  Incorporation  to  include  certain  restrictions,  effective for up to 38
months following the consummation  of the Transaction, on  the transferability
and ownership  of shares  of stock  designed to  prevent transactions in stock
that,  under  certain  circumstances,  could  trigger  limitations  under  the
Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986  on  the  Company's  ability  to utilize net
operating  losses  (including  gross  losses  and  allocated  loss  adjustment
expenses related  to the  Northridge Earthquake)  to offset  taxable income in
future years.

4.    INDEMNIFICATION   AGREEMENTS   PROPOSAL   -   Ratification   of  certain
Indemnification Agreements that have been entered into between the Company and
its subsidiaries and their directors  and executive officers and the  approval
of any such Indemnification Agreements that may be entered into in the  future
between  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  and  their directors, officers,
employees or other agents.

      The shareholders approved all four of the above matters.

<PAGE> 28

                                   PART II
                                   -------

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER
         MATTERS


(a)  PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK

      The stock is currently traded on  the New York Stock Exchange under  the
trading symbol  "TW".   The following  table sets  forth the  high and low bid
prices for the common stock for the indicated periods.


                                                   High           Low
                                                   ----           ---

      1994

         Fourth Quarter                           12-7/8          9-5/8
         Third Quarter                            17-3/8          8-3/4
         Second Quarter                           19-3/8         14-1/4
         First Quarter                            28-1/8         18-7/8


      1993

         Fourth Quarter                           30-7/8        25-1/8
         Third Quarter                            32-3/8        28-1/8
         Second Quarter                           32            27-3/4
         First Quarter                            34            25-3/4

<PAGE> 29

(b)  HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK

      The approximate number of record holders of the Common Stock on December
31, 1994 was 1,328.

(c)   DIVIDENDS

      The Company paid  regular cash dividends  on its Common  Stock each year
since 1973 through  the second quarter  of 1994.   Dividends were paid  at the
rate of $.16 per share  for each of the first  two quarters of 1994, $.16  per
share per quarter  during 1993, and  $.13 per share  per quarter during  1992.
Due  to  the  adverse  impact  of  the  Northridge Earthquake on the financial
strength of the Company,  no dividends were paid  in the last two  quarters of
1994.  The Company's ability  to pay future dividends will  necessarily depend
upon the earnings and financial condition of its Insurance Subsidiaries.  20th
Century Industries paid cash dividends of $16,471,000 in 1994.

      As a holding company, the  Company is dependent upon dividends  from its
subsidiaries to pay dividends to its stockholders.  The Company's subsidiaries
are  subject  to  California  laws  that  restrict their ability to distribute
dividends.    California  law  permits  a  casualty  insurance  company to pay
dividends, within any 12-month period, without any prior regulatory  approval,
in an  amount up  to the  greater of  10% of  policyholders' surplus as of the
preceding December 31 or the insurance  company's net income for the  calendar
year preceding the date the dividend  is paid.  The California insurance  code
further provides that  property and casualty  insurers may pay  dividends only
from earned surplus.   Under these  rules, 20th Century  Insurance Company and
21st  Century  Casualty  Company  are  unable  to pay dividends to the Company
during 1995 without prior approval.  See Note 10 of the Notes to  Consolidated
Financial Statements.

<PAGE> 30

ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

      The selected consolidated financial data presented below for, and as  of
the end of, each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31,  1994
are  derived  from  the  consolidated  financial  statements  of  20th Century
Industries and its subsidiaries.  The consolidated financial statements as  of
December 31, 1994 and 1993 and for each of the years in the three-year  period
ended December 31, 1994 are included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.  All  dollar
amounts set forth in the following  tables are in thousands, except per  share
data.  For a  further discussion regarding the  impact of Proposition 103  and
the Northridge Earthquake on  the results of 1994,  refer to Notes 12  and 13,
respectively, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
<TABLE>
                                                YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                            ----------------------------------------------------------
                                1994        1993        1992        1991        1990
                                ----        ----        ----        ----        ----
Operations Data:


<S>                         <C>         <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>                                                   
  Net premiums earned       $1,034,003  $  989,712  $  896,353    $810,636    $732,695
  Net investment income         84,761      97,574      94,255      90,043      81,056
  Realized investment gains     61,554      16,729      11,498       9,137       3,569
  Other income (loss)              (46)       (180)       (116)       (274)        146
                            ----------  ----------  ----------    --------    --------
    Total Revenues           1,180,272   1,103,835   1,001,990     909,542     817,466
                            ----------  ----------  ----------    --------    --------
  Net losses and loss
    adjustment expenses        944,530     867,451     764,374     697,521     613,015
  Net earthquake losses and
    related expenses           883,816        -           -           -           -
  Policy acquisition costs      43,409      48,375      41,996      38,372      36,338
  Other operating expenses      57,214      57,545      48,337      42,303      36,520
  Proposition 103 expense       29,124       3,474       3,474       6,195      21,023
  Interest expense               8,286          44          33         361         654
                            ----------  ----------  ----------    --------    --------
    Total Expenses           1,966,379     976,889     858,214     784,752     707,550
                            ----------  ----------  ----------    --------    --------
Income (loss)before
    federal income taxes
    and cumulative effect
    of change in accounting
    for income taxes          (786,107)    126,946     143,776     124,790     109,916
  Federal income taxes
    (benefit)                 (288,087)     18,350      26,309      21,253      11,194
                            ----------   ---------   ---------    --------    --------
  Income (loss) before cumu-
    lative effect of change in
    accounting for income
    taxes                     (498,020)    108,596     117,467     103,537      98,722
  Cumulative effect of change
    in accounting for income
    taxes                         -          3,959        -           -           -   
                            ----------   ---------   ---------    --------    --------
    Net Income (Loss)       $ (498,020)  $ 112,555   $ 117,467    $103,537    $ 98,722
                            ==========   =========   =========    ========    ========

<PAGE> 31

                                                      YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                              ---------------------------------------------------------
                                1994        1993        1992        1991        1990
                                ----        ----        ----        ----        ----
  Per Share Data:
   PRIMARY -
   Before cumulative effect
    of change in accounting
    for income taxes        $    (9.69)   $   2.11    $   2.29    $   2.02    $   1.92
  Cumulative effect of
    change in accounting
    for income taxes               -           .08        -           -           -   
                            ----------    --------    --------    --------    --------
  Net Income (loss)         $    (9.69)   $   2.19    $   2.29    $   2.02    $   1.92
                            ==========   =========   =========    ========    ========
  FULLY DILUTED -
  Before cumulative effect
   of change in accounting
   for income taxes         $    (9.69)            
  Cumulative effect of
   change in accounting
   for income taxes                -               
                            ----------             
  Net Income (loss)         $    (9.69)            
                            ==========             
Dividends paid per share    $      .32   $     .64   $     .52    $    .42    $    .32
                            ==========   =========   =========    ========    ========


                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                            -----------------------------------------------------------
                                1994        1993        1992        1991         1990
                                ----        ----        ----        ----         ----
Balance Sheet Data:

Total investments            $  942,174  $1,422,555  $1,307,031  $1,200,067  $1,074,177
Total assets                  1,702,810   1,644,670   1,498,330   1,372,628   1,238,060
Unpaid losses and loss
  adjustment expenses           756,243     577,490     554,541     548,377     526,258
Unearned premiums               298,519     299,941     267,556     245,290     219,801
Long-term debt                  160,000        -           -           -          3,333
Claims checks payable            70,725      41,535      39,329      36,884      32,192
Stockholders' equity            317,944     655,209     575,674     484,578     402,365
Book value per common share  $     2.29   $   12.74  $    11.19  $     9.43  $     7.83

</TABLE>

<PAGE> 32

ITEM 7.     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
            RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW AND COMPANY STRATEGY

      The  property  and  casualty   insurance  business  has  a   history  of
fluctuating  results,  and  underwriting  profitability  has tended to vary in
cycles.     Insurer  profitability  is  influenced  by many factors, including
price  competition,  claim  frequency  and  severity,  crime  rates,   natural
disasters, economic conditions, interest rates, state regulations and laws and
changes in the legal system and  court decisions.  One of the  challenging and
unique features of  the property and  casualty insurance business  is that its
products must  be priced  before costs  are fully  known because  premiums are
charged before claims are incurred.

      Insurance  industry  price  levels  tend  to  change  with  underwriting
results.  As companies experience underwriting losses, prices tend to increase
and competition decreases.   As underwriting  results improve, prices  tend to
decrease and competition increases.

      The  Company  engages  in  private  passenger  automobile,   homeowners,
condominium, earthquake and personal  excess liability insurance primarily  in
Southern California.  The Northridge  Earthquake on January 17, 1994  resulted
in unprecedented losses for the Company.  In order to reduce future earthquake
exposure, the Company ceased  writing new homeowner and  condominium insurance
in  accordance  with  an  order  received  from  the  California Department of
Insurance in  June 1994.   However,  the Company  continues to  renew existing
homeowner  and  condominium  policies  for  two  more  annual renewal periods,
excluding earthquake coverage.  All earthquake coverages will be terminated by
July 23, 1995, and all homeowners and condominium coverage will be  terminated
by July 23, 1997.

      Policies in force for the Company's two major programs were as follows:

                                                   DECEMBER 31,               
                                    ------------------------------------------
                                            1994          1993         1992
                                            ----          ----         ----
Policies in Force
  Automobile                             1,132,605      1,130,446    1,018,656
  Homeowners and Other                     217,239        244,786      228,709
                                    --------------    -----------  -----------
  Total                                  1,349,844      1,375,232    1,247,365
                                    ==============    ===========  ===========

      Underwriting results for the business written by the Company,  excluding
earthquake, are sensitive to weather-related claims and may vary substantially

<PAGE> 33

from one period to another depending  on weather during the periods.   Results
for the first and fourth quarters  of the year are particularly vulnerable  to
weather patterns.  Quarterly loss  and loss adjustment expense ratios  for the
most recent three years are as follows:

      YEAR                1Q          2Q          3Q          4Q 
      ----              -----       -----       -----       -----
      1992               88.0        81.6        82.9        88.5
      1993               90.3        83.9        86.5        89.9
      1994              312.1       116.9       143.1       142.4

      While the quarterly  loss and loss  adjustment expense ratios  generally
exhibit the  pattern expected  to be  caused by  weather influences, they also
show  the  variability  caused  by  the  fortuitous events which are the basic
subject  of  the  insurance  process.    More  specifically, the effect of the
Southern California  fires in  October 1993  and the  Northridge Earthquake in
January 1994 can be seen in the ratios for the fourth quarter of 1993 and  all
of 1994,  respectively.  The Northridge Earthquake contributed 215.0%,  28.7%,
51.3%, and    49.2% to the loss ratios for each of the four quarters in  1994,
respectively.  Excluding the Northridge Earthquake, the loss ratios follow the
expected  pattern  caused  by  weather  influences  in  the  first  and fourth
quarters.  Refer to Management's Discussion and Analysis - Financial Condition
for a further discussion of the earthquake impact.

      Property insurance results are subject to the variability introduced  by
the chance occurrences of natural  or man-made disasters such as  earthquakes,
fires, windstorms, floods and  riots.   The Company  minimizes its exposure to
riot-related  damage  by  not  writing  commercial  risks, and its exposure to
conflagration  is  reduced  because  it  does  not  accept  business  in close
proximity  to  designated  brush  hazard  areas.   The Company reported claims
totaling approximately  $4.3 million,  after reinsurance,  as a  result of the
Southern  California  fires  in  the  fourth  quarter of 1993; however, it was
assessed  an  additional  $2.6  million  as  its share of California Fair Plan
losses.  Hurricanes  and similar wind-related  catastrophes are not  generally
considered to be a significant exposure  in California.  The Company does  not
have a significant exposure to floods as flood damage is not covered under the
homeowners policy.

      Because the Company does not  write property or liability insurance  for
commercial risks, its exposure to losses caused by exposure to radon or caused
by environmental pollution is insignificant.  The Company has received no such
claims  under  the  homeowners  policy  and  believes  the  probability  of  a
success-

<PAGE> 34

ful  claim  of  this  nature  to  be remote.    Removal of asbestos  materials
necessitated by  earthquake claims  has been  included in  the estimated  loss
values for these claims.

      The Company  had been  writing earthquake  insurance since  1982.  Since
that time, the Company has always believed that its major catastrophe exposure
was to a loss caused by an  earthquake.  The Company reduced its net  exposure
from such an event with the purchase of reinsurance in amounts based on global
reinsurance market  conditions and  the Company's  estimates of  its exposure.
The exposure from such a loss was consistently reviewed each calendar quarter.
Prior  to  the  Northridge  Earthquake,  the  Company  had  purchased property
catastrophe reinsurance for a catastrophe up to $110 million.

      Following  the  January 17,  1994  Northridge  Earthquake, the Company's
reinsurance  coverage  of  75%  of  $100 million  in excess of $10 million was
reinstated at a cost of $13 million  and additional reinsurance of 75% of  the
next $100 million  was purchased  effective April 1,  1994, for  approximately
$3 million.  These treaties expired on June 30, 1994.

      This reinsurance program  was renewed for  the period from  July 1, 1994
through  June 30,  1995,  with  amended  terms,  for a total annual premium of
approximately $28 million.   Coverage  under these  treaties is  provided by a
number of domestic, foreign and London market companies in layers as follows:

              Catastrophe                Company            Reinsurance
               Loss Layer               Retention             Amount  
           -----------------           -----------         -----------

          first $ 10,000,000          $10,000,000        $          0
          next  $ 90,000,000          $ 7,200,000        $ 82,800,000
          next  $100,000,000          $ 5,000,000        $ 95,000,000

      In order to  provide reinsurance coverage  for the declining  earthquake
exposure,  the  Company  also   purchased  from  National  Indemnity   Company
additional  reinsurance  in  excess  of  the  underlying  $200 million.     An
additional  layer  beginning  at  $400 million  effective  June 16,  1994  and
decreasing by $50 million each  month through February 15, 1995  was purchased
for a total premium of approximately $21.8 million.

      An extension of the additional coverage from National Indemnity  Company
was purchased effective January 23, 1995 for a total premium of  approximately
$7.8 million.  This coverage begins  at a limit of $200 million  and decreases
in increments ranging from $25 million to $35 million on the 1st and the  16th

<PAGE> 35

of each month beginning March 1, 1995 through May 1, 1995.  The treaty expires
May 15, 1995.

Financial Condition

Impact of the Northridge Earthquake
-----------------------------------

      The Northridge,  California Earthquake,  which occurred  on January  17,
1994  ("Northridge  Earthquake"),  has  significantly  affected  the financial
condition of  the Company  and its  operating results  for the  entire year of
1994.  The Northridge  Earthquake occurred in an  area in which the  Company's
homeowners and  earthquake business  was concentrated  and the  forces of  the
earthquake were much greater and caused significantly more damage than usually
associated with an event of this Richter magnitude.

      The resulting losses from the  earthquake continue to place pressure  on
the Company and its financial condition.  The Company experienced a  reduction
in its historical pattern of growth, ceased all advertising and marketing  for
new policies, and  suspended its quarterly  dividend for the  third and fourth
quarters of  fiscal 1994.   As  of December  31, 1994,  total estimated  gross
losses and allocated loss  adjustment expenses from the  Northridge Earthquake
reached $940 million.

      On  June  9,  1994,  the  Company  announced  an order by the California
Department of Insurance  ("DOI") designed to  reduce the Company's  earthquake
exposure.  The DOI ordered the Company's insurance subsidiaries, 20th  Century
Insurance  Company   and  21st   Century  Casualty   Company  (the  "Insurance
Subsidiaries") to discontinue writing  new homeowners, condominium owners  and
earthquake  insurance  and  to  discontinue  renewal  of  existing  earthquake
insurance.   The DOI  also approved  a 17%  rate increase  for the  homeowners
program.    The  Insurance  Subsidiaries  agreed  to  offer  renewal   without
earthquake   coverage   to   existing   homeowners   and   condominium  owners
policyholders for two more annual renewal periods.  The Company also agreed to
increase the combined  statutory surplus of  the Insurance Subsidiaries  to at
least $250 million by June 30, 1994.

      On June 30,  1994, the Company  obtained a $175  million bank line  (the
"Bank Credit Agreement") through The First National Bank of Chicago and  Union
Bank  (the  "Lenders")  of  which  $160  million  has  been  borrowed  and  is
outstanding at December 31, 1994.  Loan proceeds of $120 million were used  to
increase

<PAGE> 36

the  statutory  surplus  of  the  Insurance  Subsidiaries  to  minimum  levels
mandated  by  the  DOI.    The  five-and-one-half  year reducing-revolver loan
features interest-only payments for the first 18 months.  Beginning January 1,
1996, the aggregate commitment  will be automatically reduced  $35 million and
$8.75 million  thereafter  on  the  first  day  of  each  quarter  through the
facility's  maturity  date  of  January 1,  2000.    Principal  repayments are
required  when  total  outstanding  advances  exceed the aggregate commitment.
Under the terms of the Bank Credit Agreement, all of the outstanding shares of
capital stock of the Insurance Subsidiaries have been pledged as collateral.

      In order to  provide reinsurance coverage  for the declining  earthquake
exposure,  the  Company  also   purchased  from  National  Indemnity   Company
additional  reinsurance  in  excess  of  the  underlying  $200 million.     An
additional  layer  beginning  at  $400 million  effective  June 16,  1994  and
decreasing by $50 million each  month through February 15, 1995  was purchased
for a total premium of approximately $21.8 million.

      On September  8, 1994,  the Company  revised upward  its estimated gross
losses and allocated loss  adjustment expenses from the  Northridge Earthquake
expected to be sustained by  the Insurance Subsidiaries to approximately  $815
million.  The  Company became in  violation of the  net worth maintenance  and
other financial  covenants under  the Bank  Credit Agreement.   The  statutory
surplus  of  the  Insurance  Subsidiaries  was reduced from approximately $252
million on June 30, 1994 to  approximately $71 million on September 30,  1994,
the  ratio  of  the  Insurance  Subsidiaries'  total  net  written premiums to
statutory surplus  increased to  14:1 and  the Company's  stockholders' equity
declined to  approximately $163  million.   These adverse  developments put  a
severe financial strain on the Company.

      On September 8, 1994, the Company notified the Lenders that the  Company
was in default under the Bank Credit Agreement and, on September 12, 1994, the
Lenders imposed the default rate of interest on outstanding loans and notified
the Company that no additional loans would be available while any default  was
continuing.    The  Lenders  also  requested prompt information concerning the
steps  the  Company  was  taking  to  restore  the  capital  of  its Insurance
Subsidiaries and  to cure  the default.   On  September 20,  1994, the Lenders
requested that the  Company deposit $25  million in a  cash collateral account
with one of the  agent banks to secure  its obligations under the  Bank Credit
Agreement.  The Lenders  also presented the Company  with a series of  capital
investment alternatives and required the Company to select and take action  to
raise the required capital.

<PAGE> 37

      The DOI, after discussions with the Company's management, requested that
the  Company  expeditiously  implement  a  plan  that  would  provide  a  more
appropriate level of surplus at the Insurance Subsidiaries.  At the same time,
an  agreement  was  reached  among  the  DOI, two consumer intervenors and the
Company regarding  the Company's  proposed automobile  insurance rate increase
that had been filed  for approval in December,  1993.  On September  14, 1994,
the Commissioner approved a 6% rate increase, which was estimated to  generate
an additional $56 million a year in revenues.  The agreement provided that the
6% rate increase would decrease  to 3% when the Insurance  Subsidiaries' total
net written  premium to  statutory surplus  ratio had  reached 3:1.   See  the
discussion regarding the impact of the Proposition 103 rollback below.

      On  October  17,  1994,  the  Company  entered  into  an  Investment and
Strategic  Alliance  Agreement  (the  "Investment  Agreement")  with  American
International Group, Inc.  ("AIG"), to provide $216 million of equity capital.
The agreement  provided for,  among other  things (a)  the sale  to AIG, or to
certain wholly-owned  subsidiaries that  AIG may  designate, for  an aggregate
purchase price of $216 million, of (i) 200,000 shares of Series A  Convertible
Preferred  Stock  stated  value  $1,000  per  share  (the  "Series A Preferred
Stock"), which  are convertible  into shares  of Common  Stock at a conversion
price of $11.33 per share (subject to customary antidilution provisions),  and
(ii) 16  million Series  A Warrants  to purchase  an aggregate  of 16  million
shares of Common Stock  at an exercise price  of $13.50 per share  (subject to
adjustment as  described in  the Investment  Agreement); (b)  the issuance  of
shares of Common Stock upon conversion  of shares of Series A Preferred  Stock
and upon exercise of the Series A Warrants in accordance with their terms; and
(c) the issuance of additional shares of Series A Preferred Stock on the terms
described in the Investment  Agreement at the election  of the Company in  the
event gross losses and allocated loss adjustment expenses associated with  the
Northridge Earthquake exceed $850 million (the "Transaction").

        The Company also negotiated with the Lenders the terms of an amendment
and waiver to the Bank Credit Agreement (the "Amendment and Waiver") in  order
to facilitate the  proposed transaction with  AIG.  The  Amendment and Waiver,
which was executed and delivered by the Company and the Lenders on October 17,
1994, conditionally  waived the  Lenders' rights  to pursue  remedies based on
existing defaults pending  consummation of the  Transaction, and made  certain
amendments to  the Bank  Credit Agreement,  effective upon  the closing of the
Transaction.

<PAGE> 38

      At  a  special  shareholder  meeting  held  on  December  15, 1994, (the
"Closing Date"), the Investment Agreement was approved.  Subsequently, Holders
of the Series A Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class, elected two  of
the Company's eleven directors.  Holders of Common Stock were not entitled  to
vote in the election of such two directors.  Since the Company's gross  losses
and allocated loss  adjustment expenses related  to the Northridge  Earthquake
have exceeded $850 million, AIG shall, if requested by the Company, contribute
up to  an additional  $70 million  to the  Company in  exchange for  shares of
Series A Preferred  Stock having an  aggregate liquidation value  equal to the
contributed amount plus  an additional liquidation  amount based on  a formula
designed to compensate AIG for its proportional share of the Company's  after-
tax  loss  resulting  from  the  gross  losses  and  allocated loss adjustment
expenses relating to the Northridge Earthquake in excess of $850 million.  The
Company may determine not to obtain some or all of the additional capital from
AIG in light of  certain rules under the  Internal Revenue Code governing  the
Company's ability to utilize its net operating losses to offset taxable income
in future years.  The Series A Preferred Stock will be entitled to a per annum
cumulative dividend  equal to  9% payable  quarterly.   At the  option of  the
Company, during the next three years, dividends may be paid in cash or in kind
(whereby, a holder  receives, in lieu  of cash, shares  of Series A  Preferred
Stock having a liquidation value equal to the dividends declared).

      The  Series  A Warrants are, by their terms exercisable at any time fol-
lowing the first anniversary of the consummation of the Transaction.  However,
both the  exercise and sale of  Series A  Warrants are subject to transfer re-
strictions in the Company's Articles of Incorporation, which limit exercise or
sale of the warrants until  February  1998.   The exercise price of $13.50 per
share  and  the  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock obtainable per Series A
Warrants   are  subject  to  adjustment  pursuant  to  customary  antidilution
provisions.    The exercise date may be accelerated in the event the Company's
Board  of  Directors approves such an acceleration, and shall automatically be
accelerated  to any  earlier date  that AIG is  entitled to acquire additional
securities of the Company pursuant to the standstill provisions of the Invest-
ment Agreement.   These  Warrants will expire on the thirteenth anniversary of
the Closing Date.

<PAGE> 39

  In addition, in the event the Company's total gross
losses and allocated loss adjustment  expenses with respect to the  Northridge
Earthquake exceed $945 million, the  exercise price shall be reduced  by $0.08
per  share  for  each  million  dollars  of  gross  losses  and allocated loss
adjustment expenses  in excess  of $945  million (provided  that the  exercise
price shall  never be  reduced to  less than  $1.00 per  share as  a result of
Northridge Earthquake losses);  provided, however, that  no adjustment to  the
Exercise Price shall  be made with  respect to increases  in gross losses  and
allocated loss adjustment expenses reflected in financial statements following
the 1995 year-end audited financial  statements of the Company.   

      In connection  with the  Investment Agreement,  subsidiaries of  AIG and
each of the Insurance Subsidiaries  have entered into a five-year  quota share
reinsurance agreement for 10% of each of the subsidiaries' policies  incepting
on and after January 1, 1995.  At AIG's option, the agreements may be  renewed
annually for four years following  the initial term, with an  annual reduction
of 2% in the quota share percentage ceded to AIG's subsidiaries.

      The Investment  Agreement also  provides that  the Company  and AIG  use
their respective  best efforts  to negotiate  and mutually  agree upon a joint
venture agreement whereby the  Company and AIG will  form a new subsidiary  or
subsidiaries  to  engage  in  the  Company's  automobile insurance business in
states outside California.

Impact of Proposition 103 Rollback
----------------------------------

      On August 18, 1994, the California Supreme Court issued a decision  (the
"Proposition 103 Ruling") reversing a  lower court ruling that had  upheld the
Company's challenge  to the  constitutionality of  certain regulations  and an
administrative  order  issued  by  the  Commissioner  pursuant  to  California
Proposition 103.  The  effect of the Proposition  103 Ruling was to  reinstate
the Commissioner's  order directing  that the  Company issue  refunds totaling
approximately $78.3 million, plus interest at 10% per annum from May 8,  1989,
to  policyholders  who  purchased  insurance  from  the Insurance Subsidiaries
between November 8, 1988 and November 8, 1989.

      On September 2,  1994, the Company  filed a petition  for rehearing with
the California Supreme Court which was  denied.  The Company filed a  petition
for a writ of certiorari with the United States Supreme Court.

<PAGE> 40

      Barring action by the U.S. Supreme Court to reverse the Proposition  103
Ruling,  the  Commissioner's  refund  order  obligated  the  Company  to   pay
approximately $122 million, which  included accrued interest through  December
31, 1994.   Prior  to the  Supreme Court  ruling, the  Company had $51 million
accrued, and recorded an additional $71 million in September of 1994.

      On  January  27,  1995,  the  Company  announced  a settlement of rebate
liabilities  associated  with  Proposition  103.    As  a  result, the Company
allocated  $78  million  for  customer  refunds, consistent with the Company's
liability  established  through  a  DOI  administrative  hearing  during 1992.
Interest on the liability established  through the original refund order  will
not be assessed.

      Initially, the Company will refund $46 million to customers specified in
the agreement  as soon  as practicable,  representing an  average payment  per
household  of  $80.00,  approximately  7.5  percent  of  premiums paid between
November 8, 1988 and November 7, 1989.  The remaining $32 million will be  set
aside for  additional customer  refunds conditioned  on the  ultimate level of
claim costs associated with the 1994 Northridge Earthquake.

      Prior to  this settlement,  the Company  had accrued  approximately $122
million with respect to its possible Proposition 103 liability.  Therefore, as
of December, 1994, the Company reduced its accrual $44 million.

      As  part  of  the  settlement,  the  Company  withdrew its request for a
hearing with the United States Supreme Court to appeal the California  Supreme
Court decision in the Proposition  103 test case "20th Century  vs. Garamendi"
and agreed to abide by the terms of Commissioner Quackenbush's order.     Upon
announcement of the settlement,  a consumer  group objected  to the settlement
terms,  and threatened legal action.   The Company is  advised by counsel, and
believes that any challenge to the settlement will be unsuccessful.

      Another condition of this agreement  required the Company to obtain  new
capital  of  $50  million  and  contribute  the  funds  to  the surplus of the
Insurance Subsidiaries.   Of  the $50  million, $30  million must  be obtained
by March 31, 1995.   Available to the  Company were an  additional $15 million
under the existing bank credit  facility and up to $70 million  in "Earthquake
Preferred" stock which could be issued to AIG.

<PAGE> 41

       In the latter part of March, 1995, the Company issued an additional $20
million  in  Preferred  Stock  to  AIG  and borrowed an additional $10 million
against its existing bank credit facility.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Underwriting Results

      Premiums earned  and underwriting  results for  the Company's  two major
programs were as follows:

                                                   DECEMBER 31,               
                                    ------------------------------------------
                                            1994          1993         1992
                                            ----          ----         ----

Premiums Earned
  Automobile                        $  981,893,000   $908,522,000 $823,680,000
  Homeowners and Other                  52,110,000     81,190,000   72,673,000
                                    --------------   ------------ ------------
  Total                             $1,034,003,000   $989,712,000 $896,353,000
                                    ==============   ============ ============
Underwriting Profit (Loss)
  Automobile                        $  (45,854,000)  $ 25,064,000 $ 36,890,000
  Homeowners and Other                (877,487,000)   (11,598,000)   1,714,000
                                    --------------   ------------ ------------
  Total                             $ (923,341,000)  $ 13,466,000 $ 38,604,000
                                    ==============   ============ ============

Impact of the Northridge Earthquake
-----------------------------------

      The Northridge Earthquake has resulted in substantial losses.  Since the
event occurred,  the Company  and other  members of  the property and casualty
insurance industry  have revised  their estimates  of claim  costs and related
expenses several times.   Because of the unusual  nature of the ground  motion
during  the  earthquake,  the   earthquake  produced  significant  damage   to
structures beyond normal expectations.   Delayed discovery of the severity  of
damages has caused claims to  be reevaluated as the additional  damage becomes
known and has  made the estimation  process extremely difficult.   The Company
estimates total gross losses and  allocated loss adjustment expenses for  this
catastrophe  to  be  $940  million  at  December  31,  1994.  Unallocated loss
adjustment, FAIR Plan  assessments and other  earthquake related expenses  are
estimated to  be an  additional $20  million.   By mid-July,  the Company  had
received all  of the  $76.3 million  in catastrophe  and per-risk  reinsurance
recoverables due  to this  event.   As of  December 31,  1994, the Company has
received  35,327  homeowners  and  condominium  claims  and  10,139 automobile
claims.  Because of the difficulties of estimation noted above, it is possible
that the Company's Northridge Earthquake loss estimates will increase.  Should

<PAGE> 42

the  earthquake  losses  exceed  current  estimates,  $32  million in reserves
related to  the Proposition  103 settlement  will be  available to  offset the
additional earthquake losses.   However, should  the earthquake losses  exceed
$974 million, future financial periods will be impacted and additional capital
may be required.  The capital transaction with AIG includes provision for  the
Company to  receive up  to an  additional $70  million of  capital from AIG to
cover excess losses.  The Company,  however, may determine not to obtain  some
or all of the additional capital from AIG in light of certain rules under  the
Internal  Revenue  Code  governing  the  Company's  ability to utilize its net
operating losses  to offset  taxable income  in future  years, or  the Company
could  elect  to  obtain  some  or  all  of  the  additional  capital from AIG
notwithstanding the fact that the issuance of securities in exchange for  such
capital could result in a limitation  on the Company's ability to utilize  its
net operating losses.

      On  a  pre-tax  basis,  net  incurred  claims  and  expenses,  including
reinsurance  reinstatement  costs,  total  $883.8  million.  The net after-tax
charge against year-to-date  earnings for all  costs for this  event is $574.5
million, or $11.18 per share.

      As of December 31, 1994, the Company had paid approximately $785 million
in  gross  losses  and  allocated  loss  adjustment  expenses  related  to the
Northridge Earthquake.  Funds to make payments came from normal operating cash
flows of $226 million, reinsurance proceeds of $76.3 million, and the sale  or
maturity of approximately  $483 million in  investments.  The  funds needed to
pay remaining  earthquake related  losses and  expenses will  come from normal
positive operating cash flows, from loan proceeds and from the proceeds of the
capital transaction with AIG.

Operations Excluding the Effects of the Northridge Earthquake and  Proposition
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
103 Rollback
------------

Automobile
      
      Automobile insurance continues to be the major line of business  written
by the  Company and  has been  consistently profitable.   Excluding earthquake
related claims and expenses, the earthquake reinsurance reinstatement  premium
and  the  Proposition  103  rollback,  the  Company  would  have  realized  an
automobile underwriting profit  of $10,127,000.   Because of the  cessation of
advertising, total automobile policies in  force for 1994 remained level  with

<PAGE> 43

1993, compared to an 11.0% increase  in 1993 over 1992.  Earned  premiums grew
8.1% in 1994 compared to 10.4% in 1993.  Automobile underwriting profits  have
declined over the last three years due to the increase in losses from Assigned
Risk business and no rate increases during this period of time.

      The automobile insurance business written by the Company is comprised of
"Good Drivers", as defined by  California statute.  While this  business would
have been acceptable to the Company  before Proposition 103, those who had  no
prior insurance would have been written at a higher rate level than those  who
had been  insured prior  to being  written by  the Company.   The underwriting
losses  produced  by  this  segment  of  the  market  suggests that the former
differential  was  appropriate.    These  drivers  have  produced   automobile
underwriting losses of  $31,134,000 in 1994,  compared to $16,877,000  in 1993
and $9,719,000 in 1992.

      Overall automobile  underwriting results  are also  affected by assigned
risk policies in force.   Such policies remained  level between 1992 and  1993
and then increased  in 1994.   Underwriting losses for  assigned risk business
were $3,800,000  in 1994,  compared to  $3,031,000 in  1993 and  $1,862,000 in
1992.

      The Company was granted an  overall increase in automobile rates  of 6%,
which took effect on October 7, 1994.  Prior to this increase, the Company had
not revised its automobile rates since 1988.

Homeowners and Other Programs

      As mentioned previously, the Company no longer writes new homeowners  or
condominium policies  or earthquake  coverage endorsements  as ordered  by the
DOI.  The Company continues  to write new Personal Excess  Liability Policies.
Additionally,  the  Company  will  continue  to  renew  existing homeowner and
condominium  policies  without  earthquake  through  July,  1997.   Due to the
Company's  intent  to  exit  the  homeowners'  market,  policies  in force for
homeowners and the other programs combined decreased 11.3% in 1994 compared to
an increase of 7.0% in 1993.

      Underwriting  results  for  these  programs  are  subject to variability
caused  by  weather-related  claims  and  by  infrequent disasters.  Excluding
earthquake   related   claims   and   expenses,   the  earthquake  reinsurance
reinstatement and the Proposition 103 rollback, the underwriting profit (loss)
for

<PAGE> 44

these lines was  $(21,514,000) in 1994,  $(11,598,000) in 1993 and  $1,714,000
in 1992.   Results  in 1994  include approximately  $35,000,000 of catastrophe
reinsurance premiums related to the additional reinsurance coverage.   Results
in  1993 were influenced by $4.6 million in claims due to rainy weather in the
first quarter of the year; and by claims of approximately $4.3 million,  after
reinsurance,  plus  a  $2.6  million  assessment  for  the  Company's share of
California  Fair  Plan  losses,  due  to  the Southern California fires in the
fourth quarter of  the year.   Results in 1992  included rainy weather  in the
first and fourth quarters of the year.

      The  Company  also  received  a  homeowner  rate  increase averaging 17%
effective August 1, 1994.  The proposed increase reflects the rising costs  of
claim payments in this product line and a modest provision for weather and for
catastrophes.

Policy Acquisition and General Operating Expenses

      The Company's  policy acquisition  and general  operating expense  ratio
continues to be one of the lowest in the industry.  The ratio of  underwriting
expenses (excluding interest) to earned  premiums was 10.1% in 1994,  10.7% in
1993 and 10.0% in 1992.  The Company's efficiency, as reflected in its expense
advantage over  its competitors,  enables the  Company to  maintain its  price
leadership and provide for future growth and profitability.

Investment Income

      Net pre-tax investment  income was $84,761,000  in 1994, $97,574,000  in
1993 and $94,255,000 in 1992 which  produced an increase (decrease)  over  the
prior year  of (13.1%)  and 3.5%  for 1994  and 1993,  respectively.   Average
invested assets decreased 14.0% in 1994  from 1993 and increased 8.8% in  1993
over 1992.  Average annual pre-tax yield on invested assets has declined  from
7.4% in 1992 to 7.1% in 1993  to 6.7% in 1994 because of lower  interest rates
available on bonds purchased in 1992 and 1993 and because bonds that had  been
purchased previously with rates that were higher than currently available were
sold in 1994 to generate cash  for paying earthquake claims.  In  addition, in
1994, available cash  was invested in  commercial paper which  yielded a lower
interest rate then that earned on the bond portfolio.

      Realized capital gains  on the sales  of investments has  increased from
$11,498,000 in 1992, to $16,729,000 in 1993 and to $61,554,000 in 1994.

<PAGE> 45

      As of December 31, 1994, the Company had a net unrealized loss on  bonds
of  $61,425,000  compared  to  a  net  unrealized  gain  in  1993  and 1992 of
$145,746,000 and $84,418,000, respectively.  The primary reason for the  shift
from an  unrealized gain  to an  unrealized loss  is that  interest rates rose
sharply  since  late  1993  causing  a  reduction  in  fair  value of the bond
portfolio, and the Company had recognized significant gains on the portion  of
the bond portfolio sold in 1994.

      The  Company's  investment  guidelines  currently emphasize buying high-
quality, fixed income, taxable securities because of the Company's substantial
net operating loss carryforward.   While the Company's policy is  generally to
hold these investments until  maturity, its ongoing monitoring  and evaluation
of investment holdings and market  conditions may,  from time  to time, result
in selected sales of investments prior to maturity. The Company has designated
its portfolio  as "available-for-sale,"  and it is carried at fair value as of
December 31, 1994 in accordance with the standards set  forth in Statement  of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in
Debt and Equity Securities." The Company implemented this new standard January
1, 1994.  For a more complete description of this new standard, see Note  1 of
the Notes to  Consolidated Financial Statements, "Investments".

Income Taxes

      In 1993, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 109,  "Accounting for  Income Taxes",  which requires  the recognition  of
deferred  tax  liabilities  and  tax  assets  for  the  expected  future   tax
consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amount and the  tax
bases of assets and liabilities.   For further discussion, refer to Note  4 of
the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

      Historically,  the  Company  has  experienced  positive  cash  flow from
operating activities.   Due to the  severe earthquake losses,  the Company did
not generate  a positive  cash flow  from operating  activities in  1994.  The
Company paid  for these  losses with  cash from  operations, investment sales,
loan  proceeds  and  equity  financing.    Funds  needed  to pay for remaining
earthquake  related  losses  and  expenses  will  come  from  normal  positive
operating cash flows and from available  cash on deposit.  As of  December 31,
1994, the Com-

<PAGE> 46

pany had total cash of $249,834,000 and total investments of $942,174,000.  Of
the Company's  total investments,  $229,216,000  at fair value was invested in
tax-exempt state  and municipal  bonds and the balance was invested in taxable
government, corporate and municipal securities.

      Statutory regulations require the majority of the Company's  investments
to  be  made  in  high-grade  securities  to  provide  ample  protection   for
policyholders.    The  Company  primarily  invests in long-term fixed maturity
investments such as bonds.

      Loss  and  loss  expense  payments  are  the  most significant cash flow
requirements  of  the  Company.    The  Company  continually monitors the loss
payments to  provide projections  of future  cash requirements.   The  Company
generally generates enough cash flow  to allow for monthly investments  in the
Cash Management Fund which is the source for purchasing long-term  investments
such as bonds.  In  order to help pay for  the earthquake losses in 1994,  the
Company capitalized on the substantial  unrealized gain in its bond  portfolio
by selling  off bonds  with higher  market values.   This  resulted in capital
gains of $61,554,000.

      In order  to realize  capital gains  to increase  statutory surplus,  to
provide cash for earthquake claims payments and to maximize investment income,
the  Company  has  restructured  its  investment  portfolio  to  increase  the
proportion of investment-grade taxable  instruments.  Accordingly, the  entire
portfolio  is  shown  as  available-for-sale.    As  of December 31, 1994, the
portfolio contained 76%  taxable instruments compared  to 13% a  year earlier.
All of the Company's investments are of high-quality and very liquid.

      In  prior  years,  the  Company's  most  significant capital requirement
resulted from its need to maintain an acceptable ratio of net premiums written
to policyholders' surplus.  In 1994, the losses from the Northridge Earthquake
were so  severe that  the Company  obtained a  $160 million  bank loan for its
subsidiaries  and  equity  financing  from  American International Group, Inc.
(AIG).  See Notes 7 and 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

      At December 31,  1994, the Company  has $200 million  of preferred stock
outstanding, bearing interest at 9% per year payable quarterly.  This  results
in a dividend of $18 million a  year, or $4,500,000 per quarter.  The  Company
also has  a revolving  credit line  obligation of  $160 million, with interest
obligations  varying  according  to  market  conditions.    First quarter 1995
interest payments are estimated to be $3,900,000.

<PAGE> 47

      In March 1995, the Company issued an additional $20 million of preferred
stock  and  borrowed  another  $10  million  against  the existing bank credit
facility  in  order  to  increase  the  surplus  of its Insurance Subsidiaries
pursuant to  an order  by the  California Department  of Insurance.  Dividends
required in June  1995 and subsequent  quarters will be  $4,950,000.  Interest
for  the  credit  facility  will  be  approximately  $3,700,000 for the second
quarter of 1995.

      Funds required by 20th Century Industries to pay dividends are  provided
by the Insurance Subsidiaries.   The ability of the Insurance  Subsidiaries to
pay dividends to the  holding company is regulated  by state law.   Because of
statutory regulations which require dividends to be paid from earned  surplus,
no dividends may be paid by  the subsidiaries in 1995 without prior  approval.
The  order  from  the  DOI  in  January,  1995  specifically provides that the
Insurance  Subsidiaries  may  pay  dividends  to  service  existing  debt  and
preferred stock obligations, and to service the additional contributions.  The
DOI and the Company have been in constant communication, and currently the DOI
is permitting  the Company  to operate  at a  net premiums  written to surplus
ratio in excess of 3:1.  The  Company has requested approval from the DOI  for
an extraordinary  dividend to  pay the  required dividends  and interest,  and
anticipates a favorable response.

      Stockholders' equity decreased $337.3 million between 1993 and 1994 from
$655.2 million to  $317.9 million, respectively,  while book value  per common
share decreased $10.45 from $12.74 to $2.29 for the same time period.

      For years  prior to  1994, the  Company's cash  outlays for income taxes
generally exceeded income  tax expense recorded  in accordance with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles.    This  resulted  primarily  because of the
reduction of the unearned premium deduction and the discounting of unpaid loss
reserve mandated by the Tax Reform Act of 1986.

      In 1994, the  losses caused by  the Northridge Earthquake  resulted in a
net operating  loss of  approximately $788.5  million and  $759.5 million  for
regular tax  and alternative  minimum tax,  respectively.   Of these  amounts,
$238.0 million and $350.0 million for regular tax and alternative minimum tax,
respectively, were carried back to the previous three years offsetting most of
the taxable  income for  those years  and resulting  in a  tax refund of $74.1
million.   The balance  of the  1994 net  operating loss  ($550.0 million  and
$408.0 million for regular tax and alternative minimum tax, respectively) will
offset taxable income for future years.  For the next two to three years,  the
Company 

<PAGE> 48

expects to have very small cash outlays for income taxes, specifically
alternative minimum tax.  Until  the net operating losses are  fully utilized,
the Company  expects that  cash outlays  for income  taxes will  be less  than
income tax expense recorded  in accordance with generally  accepted accounting
principles.   The net  operating loss  carryforwards will  expire in  the year
2009.

RISK-BASED CAPITAL

      The  National  Association  of  Insurance  Commissioners (NAIC) requires
property and casualty insurance companies to calculate and report  information
under a Risk-Based  Capital (RBC) formula  effective with the  filing of their
1994 annual statements due March 1,  1995.  The RBC requirements are  intended
to assist regulators in  identifying inadequately capitalized companies.   The
RBC  calculation  is  based  on  the  type  and  mix  of risks inherent in the
Company's business and includes  components for underwriting, asset,  interest
rate and other risks.   The Company  implemented the  RBC formula for year-end
1994 and has exceeded the minimum RBC requirements.   Therefore, no corrective
action is required.

HOME OFFICE LEASE

      The  Company  leases  its  Home  Office  building  in  Woodland   Hills,
California,  which  contains  approximately  234,000  square  feet of leasable
office space.  The lease was amended in October 1994 which extended the  lease
term until November 1999.  The lease  on this building may be renewed for  two
consecutive five-year periods.

<PAGE> 49

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA


                        REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
                                       

Board of Directors
20th Century Industries


      We have  audited the  accompanying consolidated  balance sheets  of 20th
Century Industries and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1994 and 1993, and  the
related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity, and  cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1994.   Our
audits also included the financial statement schedule  listed in the Index  at
Item 14(a).  These financial  statements and schedule  are the  responsibility
of the Company's management.  Our  responsibility is to express an opinion  on
these financial statements based on our audits.

      We conducted our audits  in accordance with generally  accepted auditing
standards.   Those standards  require that  we plan  and perform  the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An  audit
also  includes  assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant
estimates made  by management,  as well  as evaluating  the overall  financial
statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

      As  more  fully  discussed  in  Notes  7,  12,  13 and 14, the Company's
financial  position  has  been  adversely  impacted  by  an  earthquake in the
Southern California area and other events occurring in 1994.

      In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to  above
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial  position
of 20th Century Industries and subsidiaries at December 31, 1994 and 1993, and
the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each  of
the three  years in  the period  ended December  31, 1994,  in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.   Also, in our opinion, the  related
financial  statement  schedule,   when  considered  in  relation  to the basic
financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects
the information set forth therein.

      As described in Note 1, 20th Century Industries and subsidiaries adopted
in 1994 the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No.  115,
"Accounting  for  Certain  Investments  in  Debt  and  Equity Securities".  As
described in Note 4, 20th Century Industries and subsidiaries adopted in  1993
the  provisions  of  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 109,
"Accounting for Income Taxes".



                                                ERNST & YOUNG LLP


Los Angeles, California
February 17, 1995


<PAGE> 50

                   20TH CENTURY INDUSTRIES AND SUBSIDIARIES
                         CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                                    ASSETS


                                                       DECEMBER 31,
                                              ------------------------------
                                                 1994              1993
                                                 ----              ----
                                                  (Amounts in thousands)
Investments:
    Fixed maturities, held-to-maturity
      at amortized cost (fair value,
      1993 $1,289,895)                         $     -           $1,177,565
    Fixed maturities - available-for-
      sale, at fair value, 1994 and lower
      of aggregate amortized cost or aggregate
      fair value, 1993 (amortized cost, 1994
      $1,002,831; aggregate fair value, 1993
      $277,866)                                   941,406           244,451
    Equity securities, at fair value                     
      (cost, 1994 $539;
      1993 $539)                                      768               539
                                               ----------        ----------
      Total investments - Note 2                  942,174         1,422,555
Cash and cash equivalents                         249,834            17,894
Accrued investment income                          19,631            28,247
Premiums receivable                                90,236            87,241
Income taxes receivable                            74,064             1,396
Deferred income taxes - Note 4                    276,570            40,905
Deferred policy acquisition
     costs - Note 3                                14,776            15,712
Furniture, equipment and leasehold
    improvements; at cost less accumulated
    depreciation, 1994 $42,171; 1993 $35,414       13,307            17,409
Other assets                                       22,218            13,311
                                               ----------        ----------

                                               $1,702,810        $1,644,670
                                               ==========        ==========





The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.

<PAGE> 51

                    20TH CENTURY INDUSTRIES AND SUBSIDIARIES
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                                     DECEMBER 31,
                                             -----------------------------
                                                  1994            1993
                                                  ----            ----
                                       (Amounts in thousands, except share data)

Unpaid losses and loss adjustment
  expenses - Note 6                            $  756,243      $  577,490
Unearned premiums                                 298,519         299,941
Bank loan payable - Note 7                        160,000            -
Claims checks payable                              70,725          41,535
Proposition 103 payable - Note 12                  78,307          49,185
Other liabilities - Note 5                         21,072          21,310
                                               ----------      ----------
  Total liabilities                             1,384,866         989,461
                                               ----------      ----------

Commitments - Note 9 and
  Contingencies - Note 11
Stockholders' equity - Note 10
Capital Stock
  Preferred stock, par value $1.00
  per share; authorized 500,000
  shares, none issued
  Series A convertible preferred stock,
  stated value $1,000 per share, authorized
  376,126 shares, outstanding 200,000
  in 1994                                         200,000            -
  Common stock without par value;
  authorized 110,000,000 shares,
  outstanding 51,472,471 in 1994
  and 51,447,471 in 1993                           69,340          68,848
  Common stock warrants                            16,000            -
Unrealized investment losses, net - Note 2        (39,777)           -
Retained earnings                                  72,381         586,361
                                               ----------      ----------
  Total stockholders' equity                      317,944         655,209
                                               ----------      ----------
                                               $1,702,810      $1,644,670
                                               ==========      ==========



The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.

<PAGE> 52

<TABLE>
                         20TH CENTURY INDUSTRIES AND SUBSIDIARIES
                          CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                                                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,        
                                    ---------------------------------------------
                                          1994            1993             1992
                                          ----            ----             ----
                                      (Amounts in thousands, except per share data)

<S>                                    <C>              <C>              <C>
  REVENUES:
  Net premiums earned - Note 8         $ 1,034,003      $  989,712       $  896,353
  Net investment income - Note 2            84,761          97,574           94,255
  Realized investment gains                 61,554          16,729           11,498
  Other                                        (46)           (180)            (116)
                                       -----------      ----------       ---------- 
                                         1,180,272       1,103,835        1,001,990
                                       -----------      ----------       ----------
  LOSSES AND EXPENSES:
  Net losses and loss adjustment
    expenses - Note 6                      944,530         867,451          764,374
  Net earthquake losses and related
    expenses - Note 6                      883,816            -                -
  Policy acquisition costs                  43,409          48,375           41,996
  Other operating expenses                  57,214          57,545           48,337
  Proposition 103 expense - Note 12         29,124           3,474            3,474
  Interest expense                           8,286              44               33
                                       -----------      ----------       ----------
                                         1,966,379         976,889          858,214
                                       -----------      ----------       ----------
  Income (loss) before federal income
    taxes and cumulative effect
    of change in accounting for
    income taxes                          (786,107)        126,946          143,776
  Federal income taxes (benefit) -
    Note 4                                (288,087)         18,350           26,309
                                       -----------      ----------       ----------
  Income (loss)before cumulative effect
    of change in accounting for income
    taxes                                 (498,020)        108,596          117,467
  Cumulative effect of change in
    accounting for income taxes               -              3,959             -   
                                       -----------      ----------       ----------
    NET INCOME (LOSS)                  $  (498,020)     $  112,555       $  117,467
                                       ===========      ==========       ==========
  EARNINGS (LOSS) PER COMMON
    SHARE - NOTE 1
    PRIMARY -
      Before cumulative effect of
      change in accounting for
      income taxes                     $     (9.69)     $     2.11       $     2.29
      Cumulative effect of change in
      accounting for income taxes             -                .08             -   
                                       -----------      ----------       ----------
      NET INCOME (LOSS)                $     (9.69)     $     2.19       $     2.29
                                       ===========      ==========       ==========
    FULLY DILUTED -
      Before cumulative effect of
      change in accounting for
      income taxes                     $     (9.69)                                 
      Cumulative effect of change
      in accounting for income taxes          -                    
                                       -----------                 
      NET INCOME (LOSS)                $     (9.69)                
                                       ===========                 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.
</TABLE>

<PAGE> 53

<TABLE>
                            20TH CENTURY INDUSTRIES AND SUBSIDIARIES
                         CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                          YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993 and 1994
                         (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

                             CONVERTIBLE
                            PREFERRED STOCK  COMMON STOCK            UNREALIZED
                             $1 PAR VALUE      WITHOUT     COMMON    INVESTMENT
                               PER SHARE      PAR VALUE     STOCK      GAINS      RETAINED
                                AMOUNT         AMOUNT      WARRANTS   (LOSSES)    EARNINGS  
                               --------       ---------    --------   --------   -----------


<S>                                <C>           <C>          <C>         <C>       <C>
Balance at January 1, 1992         $  -          $ 68,060     $   -       $   -     $416,517
  Net income for the year                                                            117,467
  Effects of common stock issued
    under restricted shares plan                      371                         
  Cash dividends paid ($.52 per
    share)                                                                           (26,741)
                                   ------        --------     -------     -------  --------- 
Balance at December 31, 1992          -            68,431         -           -      507,243
  Net income for the year                                                            112,555
  Effects of common stock issued
    under restricted shares plan                      417             
  Unrealized pension loss                                                               (511)
  Cash dividends paid ($.64 per
    share)                                                                           (32,926)
                                   ------        --------     -------    --------  --------- 
Balance at December 31, 1993          -            68,848         -           -      586,361
  Net loss for the year                                                             (498,020)
  Effects of common stock issued
    under restricted shares plan                      492             
  Effect of implementing change in
    accounting for investments at
    January 1, 1994 - Note 2                                               36,757            
  Net decrease in unrealized gains
    on portfolio classified as avail-
    able-for-sale from January 1, 1994
    to December 31, 1994 - Note 2                                         (76,683)           
  Unrealized gain on marketable
    equity securities, net of
    deferred taxes of $80                                                     149            
  Issuance of Series A
    Preferred Stock - Note 10     200,000                 
  Issuance of Series A Common
    Stock Warrants - Note 10                                   16,000             
  Unrealized pension gain                                                                511
  Cash dividends paid
    ($.32 per share)                                                                 (16,471)
                                 --------         -------     -------    --------   -------- 
Balance at December 31, 1994     $200,000         $69,340     $16,000    $(39,777)  $ 72,381
                                 ========         =======     =======    ========   ========
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.

</TABLE>

<PAGE> 54


<TABLE>
                         20TH CENTURY INDUSTRIES AND SUBSIDIARIES
                          CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                                                   YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                         -------------------------------------------
                                               1994            1993           1992
                                               ----            ----           ----
                                                      (Amounts in thousands)

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:


<S>                                         <C>            <C>             <C>
Net Income (loss)                           $(498,020)     $ 112,555       $ 117,467
Adjustments to reconcile net income
  to net cash provided (used) by operating
    activities:
  Provision for depreciation
    and amortization                            7,195          7,203           6,127
  Provision for deferred income taxes        (214,522)        (6,518)         (4,682)
  Realized gains on sale of invest-
    ments, fixed assets, etc.                 (61,470)       (16,515)        (11,343)
  Effects of common stock issued
    under restricted shares plan                  492            417             371
  Increase in premiums receivable              (2,995)        (9,614)         (7,091)
  (Increase) decrease in accrued
    investment income                           8,616           (147)         (1,854)
  (Increase) decrease in deferred
    policy acquisition costs                      936         (2,367)         (1,723)
  Increase in unpaid losses and loss
    adjustment expenses                       178,753         22,950           6,164
  Increase (decrease) in unearned premiums     (1,422)        32,385          22,266
  Increase in claims checks payable            29,190          2,206           2,445
  Increase in Proposition 103 payable          29,122          3,474           3,474
  Change in other assets, other
    liabilities and accrued income
      taxes                                   (81,026)        (6,376)          1,539
                                            ---------      ---------       ---------
    NET CASH PROVIDED (USED) BY
      OPERATING ACTIVITIES                   (605,151)       139,653         133,160

</TABLE>
<PAGE> 55

<TABLE>
                          20TH CENTURY INDUSTRIES AND SUBSIDIARIES
                            CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                         (CONTINUED)

                                                    YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                         --------------------------------------------------
                                              1994              1993              1992
                                              ----              ----              ----
                                                       (Amounts in thousands)

<S>                                         <C>               <C>               <C>
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Investments purchased - held-
    to-maturity                                   -             (308,543)         (452,096)
  Investments purchased-available-
    for-sale                                  (821,822)             -                 -
  Investments called or matured - held-
    to-maturity                                   -               19,760            47,820
  Investments called or matured - avail-
    able-for-sale                               27,531            14,323              -
  Investments sold - held-to-maturity             -               58,116           308,703
  Investments sold - available-for-sale      1,275,091           117,503              -
  Net purchases of furniture, equip-
    ment and leasehold improvements             (3,238)           (4,895)           (8,320)
                                            ----------        ----------        ---------- 
      NET CASH PROVIDED (USED) BY
        INVESTING ACTIVITIES                   477,562          (103,736)         (103,893)

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock    200,000              -                 -
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock
    warrants                                    16,000              -                 -
  Payments on installment contract                -                  (75)             (414)
  Proceeds from bank loan                      160,000              -                 -
  Dividends paid                               (16,471)          (32,926)          (26,741)
                                            ----------        ----------        ---------- 
      NET CASH PROVIDED (USED) BY
        FINANCING ACTIVITIES                   359,529           (33,001)          (27,155)
                                            ----------        ----------        ---------- 
  Net increase in cash                         231,940             2,916             2,112

  Cash, beginning of year                       17,894            14,978            12,866
                                            ----------        ----------        ----------
  Cash, end of year                         $  249,834        $   17,894        $   14,978
                                            ==========        ==========        ==========


The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.

</TABLE>
<PAGE> 56

                   20TH CENTURY INDUSTRIES AND SUBSIDIARIES
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1.    SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Consolidation and Presentation

      The  accompanying  financial  statements  include  the  accounts of 20th
Century Industries and its  wholly-owned subsidiaries, 20th Century  Insurance
Company and 21st Century Casualty Company.  All material intercompany accounts
and transactions have been eliminated.  The consolidated financial  statements
have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles
which differ  in some  respects from  those followed  in reports  to insurance
regulatory authorities.

Investments

      Prior  to  the  adoption  in  1994  of Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards (SFAS)  No. 115,  "Accounting for  Certain Investments  in Debt  and
Equity Securities",  the Company  adhered to  less stringent  requirements and
management  believed  that  it  had  the  ability  to  hold its investments to
maturity and intended to do so.  However, the Company also recognized that  it
could be  appropriate to  sell a  security prior  to maturity  in response  to
unforeseen changes in circumstances.  Recognizing the need for the ability  to
respond to changes in tax position  and in market conditions, the Company  had
designated  a  portion  of  its  investment portfolio as "available-for-sale".
These fixed income  securities were valued  in the aggregate  at the lower  of
amortized cost or fair  value.  The remainder  of the Company's portfolio  was
designated as "held-for-investment" and valued at amortized cost.

      The Company adopted SFAS 115 at January 1, 1994.  SFAS 115 requires that
fixed maturity  securities are  to be  classified as  either held-to-maturity,
available-for-sale, or trading.   Held-to-maturity debt  securities are to  be
reported at  amortized cost;  trading securities  are to  be reported  at fair
value, with unrealized  gains or losses  included in earnings;  and available-
for-sale securities are to be reported at fair value, with unrealized gains or
losses  excluded  from  earnings  and  reported  in  a  separate  component of
shareholders' equity.

<PAGE> 57

      Because these rules are more stringent than in prior years, the  Company
during  1994  has  reclassified  its  portfolio  into  the  available-for-sale
category.  (See Note 2).

      Fair values for fixed maturity and equity securities are based on quoted
market prices.  Unrealized  investment gains and losses  on available-for-sale
securities are credited  or charged directly  to stockholders' equity,  net of
any  tax  effect.    When  investment  securities  are  sold, the cost used to
determine any realized gain or loss is based on specific identification.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

      Cash and  cash equivalents  include cash  and short-term  investments in
demand deposits.

Reinsurance

      In the normal course of business,  the Company seeks to reduce the  loss
that  may  arise  from  catastrophes  or  other  events that cause unfavorable
underwriting results by reinsuring certain levels of risk in various areas  of
exposure with other insurance enterprises or reinsurers.  Reinsurance premiums
and reserves  on reinsured  business are  accounted for  on a basis consistent
with those used in accounting for  the original policies issued and the  terms
of the reinsurance contracts.   Amounts applicable to ceded unearned  premiums
and ceded claim liabilities are reported as assets in the accompanying balance
sheets.

Furniture, Equipment and Leasehold Improvements

   Furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements are recorded at cost.   The
provision for depreciation  is computed on  the straight-line method  over the
estimated useful lives of the  related assets which generally range  from 5 to
7 years.    Leasehold  improvements  are  capitalized  and  amortized over the
shorter of the life  of the asset or  the lease term.   Maintenance and repair
costs are charged to operations when incurred.  Depreciation and  amortization
expense was  $7,256,000, $7,158,000  and $6,020,000  for 1994,  1993 and 1992,
respectively.

<PAGE> 58

Income Recognition

   Premiums written are  recorded as earned  proportionately over the  term of
the policy.

Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

   The estimated liabilities for  losses and loss adjustment  expenses include
the  accumulation  of  estimates  of  losses  for claims reported prior to the
balance sheet dates,  estimates (based upon  actuarial analysis of  historical
data) of losses for claims incurred but not reported and estimates of expenses
for investigating and adjusting all  incurred and unadjusted claims.   Amounts
reported  are  estimates  of  the  ultimate  net costs of settlement which are
necessarily subject  to the  impact of  future changes  in economic and social
conditions.  Management believes that,  given the inherent variability in  any
such estimates, the aggregate reserves are within a reasonable and  acceptable
range of adequacy.  The methods of making such estimates and for  establishing
the  resulting  reserves  are   continually  reviewed  and  updated   and  any
adjustments resulting therefrom are reflected in earnings currently.

Policy Acquisition Costs

   Policy acquisition  costs, principally  direct and  indirect costs directly
related to  production of  business, are  deferred and  amortized against  the
premiums earned.

Income Taxes

   Income  taxes  for  1993  and  1994  have been provided using the liability
method in accordance with SFAS No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes".   Under
that method, deferred tax assets  and liabilities are determined based  on the
differences between  their financial  reporting and  their tax  bases and  are
measured  using  the  enacted  tax  rates.    Income  taxes for 1992 have been
provided for using the deferred method.

Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share

   Earnings (loss) per  common share are  computed using the  weighted average
number  of  common  shares  outstanding  during  the  respective periods.  The
weighted  average  number  of  shares  was  51,387,120  for  the  year   ended
December 31,  1994,  51,411,968  for  1993  and  51,394,806 for 1992.  Primary
earnings  per  share  amounts  

<PAGE> 59

for   1993   and   1992   reflect   a  simple  capital
structure in which there were no securities in existence allowing common stock
to  be  acquired  as  a  result  of  exercising  the conversion rights of such
securities.  The 1994 primary and fully diluted loss per share amounts reflect
a  complex  capital  structure  in  which  securities exist that allow for the
acquisition  of  additional  common  stock  through the exercise of conversion
rights in these  securities.  However,  as there is  a net loss  for the year,
primary and fully  diluted loss per  share amounts for  1994 are the  same, as
including the convertible securities in the computation of the loss per  share
would be antidilutive.

Fair Values of Financial Instruments

      The  carrying  amounts  of  financial  instruments other than investment
securities, approximate their  fair values.   For investment securities,  fair
values are  based on  quoted market  prices.   The carrying  amounts and  fair
values for all investment securities are disclosed in Note 2.

Reclassifications

      The  accompanying   1992  and   1993  financial   statements  have  been
reclassified to conform with the 1994 presentation.

NOTE 2.  INVESTMENT INCOME

      As of January 1,  1994, the Company adopted  the provisions of SFAS  No.
115, "Accounting for  Certain Investments in  Debt and Equity  Securities" for
investments held as of or acquired  after that date.  In accordance  with SFAS
No. 115, prior-period financial statements  have not been restated to  reflect
the change in accounting principle.

      In accordance with the criteria contained in SFAS No. 115, certain fixed
maturities previously classified as  held-to-maturity (with an amortized  cost
of  $166,786,000  and  fair  value  of  $189,921,000)  were transferred to the
available-for-sale category; in addition,  the carrying value of  the existing
available-for-sale portfolio was adjusted to fair value as of January 1, 1994.
The effect of adopting  SFAS 115 on January  1, 1994 increased fixed  maturity
investments  available-for-sale  by  $56,549,000,  decreased deferred taxes by
$19,792,000, and increased stockholders' equity by $36,757,000.  In the three-
month  period  ended  March  31,  1994,  those  net  unrealized  holding gains
decreased  by  $15,551,000  (net  of  deferred  income  taxes  of $8,374,000).
Effective March 31, 1994, the Company, in response to the unprecedented losses
resulting   from   the   Northridge   Earthquake  

<PAGE> 60

( see  Note 13 ),  reclassified  the
balance  of  its   investment  portfolio  as   available-for-sale,  increasing
stockholders'  equity  by  $19,719,000  (net  of  deferred  income  taxes   of
$10,618,000).    In  the  nine-month  period  ended  December  31,  1994,  net
unrealized  holding  gains  on  the  Company's  bond  portfolio decreased from
$40,925,000 (net of deferred income taxes of $22,036,000) at March 31, 1994 to
a  net  unrealized  loss  of  $39,926,000  (net  of  deferred  income taxes of
$21,499,000)  at  December  31,  1994  or  a  decrease  of $80,851,000 (net of
deferred  income  taxes  of  $43,535,000).    The  aggregate of the changes in
unrealized  gains  (losses)  for  1994  as discussed above totals $76,683,000,
which is reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity.


<PAGE> 61

      A summary of net investment income is as follows:
        
<TABLE>
                                                       YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                             -----------------------------------------
                                                 1994           1993          1992
                                                 ----           ----          ----
                                                       (Amounts in thousands)
        

<S>                                             <C>            <C>           <C>
        Interest and dividends on fixed
          maturities                            $ 82,125       $ 97,771      $ 93,626
        
        Dividends on equity securities                11             40            40
        
        Interest on short-term cash
          investments (demand deposits)            3,210            522           791
        
        Other                                        117             11            99
                                                --------       --------      --------
        
          Total investment income                 85,463         98,344        94,556
        
        Investment expense                           702            770           301
                                                --------       --------      --------
        
          Net investment income                 $ 84,761       $ 97,574      $ 94,255
                                                ========       ========      ========
        
               A summary of realized  investment gains and losses before  income taxes and
        proceeds from the sale of bonds is as follows:
        
                                                       YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                             -----------------------------------------
        
                                                 1994           1993          1992
                                                 ----           ----          ----
                                                       (Amounts in thousands)
        
        Fixed maturities available-for-sale:
            Gross realized gains              $   65,300       $ 11,528      $   -
            Gross realized losses                 (3,746)           (99)         -
        
          Fixed maturities held-to-maturity:
            Gross realized gains                    -             5,300        12,554
            Gross realized losses                   -              -           (1,056)
                                              ----------       --------      -------- 
        
        Net realized investment gains         $   61,554       $ 16,729      $ 11,498
                                              ==========       ========      ========
        Proceeds from sale of bonds
          (calls and maturities excluded)     $1,275,091       $175,619      $308,703
                                              ==========       ========      ========
</TABLE>
        
<PAGE> 62


<TABLE>
          The  amortized  cost,  gross  unrealized  gains  and  losses,  and fair
values of fixed maturities as of December 31, 1994 and 1993, respectively, are as
follows:
                                                          Gross        Gross
                                         Amortized     Unrealized    Unrealized        Fair
1994                                        Cost          Gains       Losses           Value   
----                                     ---------     ----------   -----------     -----------
  Available-for-sale:                                  (Amounts in thousands)
<S>                                    <C>             <C>           <C>            <C>          
  U.S. Treasury securities and obli-
    gations of U.S. government cor-
    porations and agencies             $   240,690     $     65      $ 8,077        $   232,678
  Obligations of states and political
    subdivisions                           292,723          355       31,464            261,614
  Public utilities                         147,241           11        8,079            139,173
  Corporate securities                     322,177        1,594       15,830            307,941
                                       -----------     --------      -------        -----------
    Total available-for-sale           $ 1,002,831     $  2,025      $63,450        $   941,406
                                       ===========     ========      =======        ===========

1993
----
  Held-to maturity:
  U.S. Treasury securities and obli-
    gations of U.S. government corp-
    orations and agencies              $     6,258     $    519       $  -          $     6,777
  Obligations of states and political
    subdivisions                         1,028,780       93,118          590          1,121,307
  Public utilities                          11,060          875          -               11,935
  Corporate securities                     131,467       18,408          -              149,876
                                       -----------     --------       ------        -----------
    Total held-to-maturity             $ 1,177,565     $112,920       $  590        $ 1,289,895
                                       ===========     ========       ======        ===========


  Available-for-sale:
  Obligations of states and political
    subdivisions                       $   244,451     $ 33,420       $    5        $   277,866
                                       -----------     --------       ------        -----------
    Total available-for-sale           $   244,451     $ 33,420       $    5        $   277,866
                                       ===========     ========       ======        ===========

</TABLE>

<PAGE> 63

      The maturity distribution  of the Company's  fixed maturity investments at
December 31, 1994 was as follows:  (Amounts in thousands)

                                                Available-for-Sale     
                                            ---------------------------
                                             Amortized           Fair
Fixed maturities due:                          Cost              Value 
---------------------                       ----------         --------
                                                                        
1995                                        $   11,056         $ 10,927
1996 - 1999                                    223,727          216,932
2000 - 2004                                    241,483          232,175
2005 - 2014                                    288,982          268,718
2015 and after                                 237,583          212,654
                                            ----------         --------
    Total                                   $1,002,831         $941,406
                                            ==========         ========
      

      Expected maturities of the Company's investment portfolios differ from
contractual maturities because certain borrowers have the right to call or
prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.


<TABLE>
NOTE 3.  POLICY ACQUISITION COSTS
                                                   YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,

                                           -------------------------------------------
                                                1994            1993           1992
                                                ----            ----           ----
                                                      (Amounts in thousands)

<S>                                            <C>            <C>             <C>
      Deferred policy acquisition costs
        amortized in the year                  $ 15,712       $ 13,345        $ 11,622

      Policy acquisition costs incurred
        during the year                          42,473         50,742          43,719
                                              ---------       --------        --------

      Total policy acquisition costs             58,185         64,087          55,341

      Deferred policy acquisition costs
        at end of the year                       14,776         15,712          13,345
                                               --------       --------        --------

      Policy acquisition costs for
        current year                           $ 43,409       $ 48,375        $ 41,996
                                               ========       ========        ========

</TABLE>

<PAGE> 64

NOTE 4.  FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

      In 1993, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
(SFAS) No.  109, "Accounting  for Income  Taxes".   The adoption  of SFAS  109
changes the Company's method of accounting for income taxes from the  deferred
method to the liability method.  The liability method requires the recognition
of  deferred  tax  liabilities  and  tax  assets  for  the expected future tax
consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax
bases of  assets and  liabilities.   The adjustments  to the  January 1,  1993
balance sheet to adopt SFAS 109 totaled $3,959,000, which is reflected in  the
1993 statement of income as the effect of a change in accounting principle.

<TABLE>
      Federal income tax expense consists of:

                                                YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                    ------------------------------------------------
                                         1994              1993              1992
                                         ----              ----              ----
                                                   (Amounts in thousands)

<S>                                   <C>                 <C>              <C>
Current tax expense (benefit)         $ (73,565)          $ 24,868         $ 30,991
Deferred tax expense (benefit)         (214,522)            (6,518)          (4,682)
                                      ---------           --------         -------- 
                                      $(288,087)          $ 18,350         $ 26,309
                                      =========           ========         ========

</TABLE>
      The Company's net deferred income tax asset is composed of:
                                                      YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,  
                                                   -----------------------------
                                                        1994               1993
                                                        ----               ----
                                                        (Amounts in thousands)
      Deferred Tax Assets:
            Net operating loss carryforward         $192,334           $   -
            Unearned premiums                         20,810             20,898
            Loss reserves                             21,886             19,621
            Alternative minimum tax credit             8,084               -
            Proposition 103                           14,138              3,337
            Unrealized investment losses              21,419               -
            Non-qualified retirement plans             2,761              2,578
            Other                                      1,373              1,088
                                                    --------           --------
                                                     282,805             47,522
                                                    --------           --------
      Deferred Tax Liabilities:
            Deferred policy acquisition costs          5,173              5,499
            Salvage and subrogation                    1,062              1,118
                                                    --------           --------
                                                       6,235              6,617
                                                    --------           --------
                    Net Deferred Tax Asset          $276,570           $ 40,905
                                                    ========           ========

<PAGE> 65

      Under normal  operations, the  Company's principal  deferred tax  assets
arise due to the discounting of loss reserves for tax purposes which delays  a
portion of  the loss  deduction and  the acceleration  of 20%  of the unearned
premium reserve into taxable income before it  is earned.  As a result of  the
losses arising from the Northridge Earthquake, the Company, as of December 31,
1994, after  available carryback,  has a  net operating  loss carryforward  of
approximately  $550,000,000  for  regular  tax  purposes  and $408,000,000 for
alternative minimum tax purposes expiring in the year 2009 and an  alternative
minimum tax credit carryforward of $8,084,000.

      The Company  is required  to establish  a "valuation  allowance" for any
portion  of  the  deferred  tax  asset  that  management  believes will not be
realized.  In order to utilize the deferred tax assets, the Company must  have
the ability to  generate sufficient future  taxable income to  realize the tax
benefits.  The Company has available the following tax-planning strategies  to
generate additional taxable income in the future above historical levels:

      1)    The Company as of December  31, 1994 has approximately 76%  of its
            $1  billion  investment  portfolio  invested in taxable securities
            compared to 13% at December 31, 1993. By converting its investment
            portfolio from tax-exempt securities (and investing new cash flow)
            into  taxable  securities, the Company has significantly increased
            its future taxable income.

      2)    The  Company  could  reinsure  outstanding  loss reserves and thus
            eliminate the  temporary  difference  related  to the  discounting
            of loss reserves for tax purposes.

      The Company has  a strong record  of profitable operations.   Except for
the  losses  arising  from  the  Northridge  Earthquake,  the Company has been
profitable for  each of  the past  10 years.   Over  the last  five years, the
Company's  combined  ratio  on  a  GAAP  basis  has been approximately 97% and
investment earnings have  averaged approximately $95  million a year  over the
same five year period.  Historically, the Company has generated almost all  of
its profits  from its  automobile line  of business.   In  accordance with the
order by the  California Department of  Insurance, the Company  is withdrawing
from the  homeowners and  earthquake lines  of business.   The  Company cannot
renew any homeowner policies which include earthquake coverage with  effective
dates  on  or  after  July  23,  1994  and  thus will be completely out of the
earthquake  line  of  business  by  July  23,

<PAGE> 66

1995  and  out of the homeowners line of business by July 23, 1997.  This will
substantially reduce the Company's exposure to future earthquake catastrophes.

      The  Company's  estimates  of  future  taxable  income  are based on its
historical  profitable  operations  and  the  equity  financing  received from
American International Group ("AIG")  to replace diminished statutory  capital
(See  Note  14).    The  Company  believes  the  AIG  transaction will provide
sufficient statutory  capital to  allow the  Company, in  combination with its
significantly  reduced  exposure  to  catastrophic  losses,  to  return to its
historical levels  of profitability.   The  Company believes  that the capital
transaction with AIG  does not create  any limitations on  the ability of  the
Company to utilize the net operating loss carryforward.  The Company  believes
that  because  of  its  historically  strong  earnings performance and the tax
planning strategies  available, it  is more  likely than  not that the Company
will  realize  the  benefit  of  the  deferred  tax  assets, and therefore, no
valuation allowance has been established.

     Income taxes do  not bear the expected relationship to income because  of
differences in the  recognition of revenue  and expense for  tax and financial
reporting purposes.  The tax effects of such differences are:
        
<TABLE>
                                                    YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                            ------------------------------------------
                                                 1994           1993          1992
                                                 ----           ----          ----
                                                      (Amounts in thousands)

<S>                                            <C>             <C>           <C>
        Federal income tax (benefit)
          at statutory rate                    $(275,138)      $ 44,431      $ 48,884
        (Decrease) increase due to:
          Tax-exempt income, net                 (13,535)       (24,492)      (22,960)
          Alternative minimum tax                   -              -             (454)
          Salvage and subrogation                   -              -              (88)
          Adjustment of deferred tax for
          1% increase in tax rate                  1,696         (1,074)         -
          Other                                   (1,110)          (515)          927
                                               ---------       --------      --------
        Federal taxes on income                $(288,087)      $ 18,350      $ 26,309
                                               =========       ========      ========
        
      The statutory tax rate was 35% for 1994 and 1993 and 34% for 1992.
      Cash paid for  income taxes was  $-0-, $26,026,000, and  $32,303,000 for
      the years ended December 31, 1994, 1993 and 1992, respectively.
</TABLE>

<PAGE> 67

NOTE 5.  EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

Pension Plan and Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan

      In 1988, the Company adopted a non-contributory defined benefit  pension
plan (Pension Plan) which covers essentially all employees who have  completed
at  least  one  year  of  service.    The  benefits  are  based  on employees'
compensation during all years of service.  The Company's funding policy is  to
make annual contributions as required by applicable regulations.  The  Pension
Plan's  assets  consist  of  high-grade  fixed  income  securities  and   cash
equivalents.

      Effective January 1, 1988, the Company adopted an unfunded  Supplemental
Executive  Retirement  Plan  (Supplemental  Plan)  which  covers  certain  key
employees,  designated  by  the  Board  of  Directors.   The Supplemental Plan
benefits are based on years of service and compensation during the last  three
years of employment, and are reduced  by the benefit payable from the  Pension
Plan.

      The net  periodic pension  cost for  these plans  reflected in the 1994,
1993 and 1992 Consolidated Statements of Operations is $3,722,000,  $2,998,000
and  $2,398,000,  respectively.    Accrued  pension  costs  reflected  in  the
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December  31, 1994 and 1993 are  $4,713,000 and
$6,811,000, respectively.

Savings and Security Plan
   
      The Company has a qualified  contributory savings and security plan  for
eligible employees which incorporates  Section 401(k) of the  Internal Revenue
Code to permit certain pre-tax contributions by participants.  Under the  plan
(which is voluntary  as to an  employee's participation), the  Company matches
75% of all employee  contributions up to a  limit of 6% of  each participating
employee's  compensation.    Contributions  charged  against  operations  were
$2,210,000, $1,943,000 and $1,516,000 in 1994, 1993 and 1992, respectively.

<PAGE> 68

NOTE 6.  LIABILITY FOR UNPAID LOSSES AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES
      
  Activity in the liability for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses  is
summarized as follows:
                                                          1994            1993
                                                          ----            ----
                                                         (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
Reserves for losses and loss adjustment
  expenses, net of reinsurance recover-
  ables on unpaid losses, at beginning
  of year                                              $  574,619       $554,034
Incurred losses and loss adjustment
  expenses, net of reinsurance:
    Provision for insured events of the
      current year, non-earthquake related,
      net of reinsurance                                1,028,983        930,437
    Provision for insured events of the
      current year, earthquake related,
      net of reinsurance                                  868,407           -
    Decrease in provision for
      insured events of prior years,
      net of reinsurance                                  (84,453)      (62,986)
                                                       ----------       --------
    Total incurred losses and loss
      adjustment expenses, net of
      reinsurance                                       1,812,937        867,451
                                                       ----------       --------
Payments, net of reinsurance:
    Losses and loss adjustment expenses
      attributable to insured events of
      the current year, earthquake related,
      net of reinsurance                                  708,981           -
    Losses and loss adjustment expenses
      attributable to insured events of
      the current year, non-earthquake re-
      lated, net of reinsurance                           578,598        519,232
    Losses and loss adjustment expenses
      attributable to insured events of
      prior years, net of reinsurance                     344,876        327,634
                                                       ----------       --------
      Total payments, net of reinsurance                1,632,455        846,866
                                                       ----------       --------
Reserves for losses and loss adjustment
  expenses, net  of reinsurance recover-
  ables on unpaid losses, at year end                     755,101        574,619
Reinsurance recoverables on unpaid
  losses, at year end                                       1,142          2,871
                                                       ----------       --------
Reserves for losses and loss adjust-
  ment expenses, gross of reinsurance
  recoverables on unpaid losses, at
  year end                                             $  756,243       $577,490
                                                       ==========       ========

     As a result of changes in estimates of insured events in prior years, the
provision  of  losses  and  loss  adjustment  expenses  (net  of   reinsurance
recoveries  of  $400,000  and  $(366,000)  in  1993  and  1994,  respectively)
decreased by $62,986,000 and $84,453,000  in 1993 and 1994, respectively,  due
to a combination of improvements in the claims handling process, unanticipated
decreases in frequency and random fluctuations in severity.

<PAGE> 69

NOTE 7.  DEBT

      Effective June 30,  1994, the Company  secured a five  and one-half year
reducing-revolver credit facility (the Facility), with an aggregate commitment
of $175 million through The First National Bank of Chicago and Union Bank (the
Agents).

      As of December 31, 1994, the Company's outstanding advances against  the
Facility totalled $160 million for  which loan origination fees to  the Agents
of $7.2 million were incurred.   Loan fees are being amortized over  the five-
and-one-half year life  of the Facility.   Interest is  charged at a  variable
rate based, at the option of the Company, on either (1) the higher of (a)  the
prime rate or (b) the sum of the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 0.5%,  plus
a margin of 2.0%, or (2) the Eurodollar rate plus a margin of 3.25%.   Margins
will be reduced in relation to certain financial and operational levels of the
Company.  Interest is payable at the  end of each interest period.  The  stock
of the  Company's Insurance  Subsidiaries is  pledged as  collateral under the
loan  agreement.    At  December  31,  1994,  the annual interest rate for the
specified  interest  period  was  approximately  9.25%.    Interest paid as of
December 31, 1994 was $7,277,000.

      Beginning   January   1,   1996,   the   aggregate  commitment  will  be
automatically reduced $35 million, and  $8.75 million thereafter on the  first
day of each quarter through the  Facility's maturity date of January 1,  2000.
Principal repayments are required  when total outstanding advances  exceed the
aggregate  commitment.    The  Company  may  prepay  principal  amounts of the
advances, as well as voluntarily cause the aggregate commitment to be  reduced
at any time during the term of the Facility.

      With the increase in Northridge Earthquake losses and resulting  decline
in equity, the Company  was in default of  certain financial covenants of  the
Facility.  The Company deposited $25 million in a cash collateral account with
one  of  the  agent  banks  to  secure  its  obligations under the Bank Credit
Agreement.  The Company and the Agents and Lenders agreed to amendments to the
loan agreement  to waive  the events  of default  in order  to facilitate  the
capital transaction with American International  Group (AIG).  (See Note  14).
Upon the closing of the capital transaction, the default condition was cured.

NOTE 8.  REINSURANCE

      Reinsurance contracts do not relieve the Company from its obligations to
policyholders. The Company periodically reviews the financial condition of its

<PAGE> 70

reinsurers  to  minimize  its exposure  to  significant losses from  reinsurer
insolvencies.   It is  the Company's  policy to  hold collateral under related
reinsurance agreements in the form of letters of credit for unpaid losses  for
all    reinsurers  not  licensed  to  do  business  in  the Company's state of
domicile.  At December 31, 1994,  there were no insurance agreements in  force
with any such unauthorized reinsurers.

<TABLE>
      The effect of reinsurance on  premiums written and earned is  as follows
(amounts in thousands):

      
                              1994                      1993                   1992       
                    -----------------------   ----------------------    ------------------
                     Written       Earned       Written     Earned       Written   Earned 
                    ----------   ----------   ----------  ----------    --------  --------
      

<S>                 <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>       <C>
      Direct        $1,091,663   $1,093,086   $1,033,895  $1,001,510    $926,708  $904,442
      Ceded            (58,926)     (59,083)     (11,993)    (11,798)     (8,265)   (8,089)
                     ---------   ----------   ----------  ----------    --------  -------- 
      Net premiums  $1,032,737   $1,034,003   $1,021,902  $  989,712    $918,443  $896,353
                    ==========   ==========   ==========  ==========    ========  ========
</TABLE>
      

      Loss and loss adjustment expenses have been reduced by reinsurance ceded
totaling  $76,815,000,  $3,700,000,  and  $1,333,000  for 1994, 1993 and 1992,
respectively.

      At December  31, 1994  and 1993,  reinsurance receivable/recoverable was
$2,737,000  and  $3,318,000,  respectively,  and  ceded  unearned  premium was
$1,237,000 and $1,393,000, respectively.

       The  Company has  a homeowners  excess of  loss reinsurance treaty with
General Reinsurance Corporation.  In this excess treaty, the reinsurer's limit
is $650,000 in excess of the Company's retention of $300,000 per risk, subject
to a maximum reinsurer's limit of $1,300,000 per occurrence.

      Following  the  January 17,  1994  Northridge  Earthquake, the Company's
reinsurance  coverage  of  75%  of  $100 million  in excess of $10 million was
reinstated at a cost of $13 million  and additional reinsurance of 75% of  the
next $100 million  was purchased  effective April 1,  1994, for  approximately
$3 million.  These treaties expired on June 30, 1994.

      This reinsurance program  was renewed for  the period from  July 1, 1994
through  June 30,  1995,  with  amended  terms,  for a total annual premium of
approxi-

<PAGE> 71

mately  $28  million.   Coverage  under  these  treaties  is  provided  by  a
number of domestic, foreign and London market companies in layers as follows:

              Catastrophe                Company            Reinsurance
               Loss Layer               Retention             Amount  
           -----------------           -----------         -----------

          first $ 10,000,000          $10,000,000        $          0
          next  $ 90,000,000          $ 7,200,000        $ 82,800,000
          next  $100,000,000          $ 5,000,000        $ 95,000,000

      In order to  provide reinsurance coverage  for the declining  earthquake
exposure,  the  Company  also   purchased  from  National  Indemnity   Company
additional  reinsurance  in  excess  of  the  underlying  $200 million.     An
additional  layer  beginning  at  $400 million  effective  June 16,  1994  and
decreasing by $50 million each  month through February 15, 1995  was purchased
for a total premium of approximately $21.8 million.

      An extension of the additional coverage from National Indemnity  Company
was purchased effective January 23, 1995 for a total premium of  approximately
$7.8 million.  This coverage begins  at a limit of $200 million  and decreases
in increments ranging from $25 million to $35 million on the 1st and the  16th
of each month beginning March 1, 1995 through May 1, 1995.  The treaty expires
May 15, 1995.

      The Company has a quota  share treaty for its Personal  Excess Liability
Policy business with Underwriters  Reinsurance Company and others.   Effective
January 1, 1993, the Company cedes 60% of its business; prior to 1993, 90% was
ceded under this treaty.

NOTE 9.  LEASE COMMITMENTS

      The  Company  leases  office  space  in  a  building  in Woodland Hills,
California.  The lease was amended  in October 1994, extending the lease  term
until November  1999.   The lease  may be  renewed for  two consecutive 5 year
periods.

      The  Company  also  leases  office  space  in  several  other  locations
throughout Southern California, primarily for claims servicing.

<PAGE> 72

      Minimum  rental  commitments  under  the  above lease obligations are as
follows:
                            1995              $10,701,000
                            1996               10,684,000
                            1997               10,246,000
                            1998                8,824,000
                            1999                7,881,000
                         Thereafter             3,642,000
      Rental expense charges  to operations for  the years ended  December 31,
1994,  1993   and  1992   were  $11,694,000,   $11,259,000,  and  $10,572,000,
respectively.

NOTE 10.  STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Capital Stock:

      On  December  16,  1994,  the  Company  received  $216 million of equity
capital  from  American  International  Group,  Inc.  ("AIG") and in exchange,
issued (i)  200,000 shares  of Series  A 9%  Convertible Preferred  Stock, par
value $1.00 per share,  at a price and  liquidation value of $1,000  per share
and convertible into common shares at a conversion price of $11.33 per  share,
and (ii)  16,000,000 Series  A Warrants  to purchase  an aggregate  16,000,000
shares  of  the  Company's  Common  Stock  at  $13.50  per share.  The Company
received  aggregate  consideration  of  $200,000,000  for  the  shares  of the
Preferred Stock  and $16,000,000  for the  Warrants.   The Series  A Preferred
Stock ranks senior to the Common Stock in respect to dividend and  liquidation
rights.    The  Common Stock Warrants are generally  exercisable from February
1998 to February 2007.   See Note 14 of the  Notes  to  Consolidated Financial
Statements for further discussion  regarding the agreement between the Company
and AIG.

Retained Earnings:

      The insurance  subsidiaries have  restrictions affecting  the amount  of
stockholder  dividends  which  may  be  paid  within  any one year without the
approval of the California Department of Insurance.  The California  Insurance
Code provides that amounts may be paid as dividends from earned surplus on  an
annual noncumulative basis of the greater of (1) net income for the  preceding
year, or (2)  10 percent of statutory  surplus as regards  policyholders as of
the preceding December 31, without prior approval by the California Department
of Insurance.  As both  Insurance Subsidiaries had negative earned  surplus at
December 31, 1994, no dividends may be paid to the Company during 1995 without
prior approval.

<PAGE> 73

      Stockholder's  equity  of  the  Insurance  Subsidiaries  on  a statutory
accounting  basis  at  December 31,   1994  and  1993  was   $207,018,000  and
$582,176,000, respectively.   Statutory  net income  (loss) for  the Insurance
Subsidiaries was  $(657,331,000), $96,218,000  and $105,959,000  for the years
ended December 31, 1994, 1993, and 1992, respectively.

Restricted Shares Plan:

      The plan  provides for  grants of  common shares  not to  exceed 921,920
shares to be made to key employees as determined by the Key Employee Incentive
Committee of the  Board of Directors.   At December  31, 1994, 334,409  common
shares remain available for future grants.  Upon issuance of grants of  common
shares under the plan, unearned compensation equivalent to the market value on
the date of  grant is charged  to common stock  and subsequently amortized  in
equal monthly installments over the 5-year period of the grant.   Amortization
of unearned compensation was $431,000, $320,000 and $255,000 in 1994, 1993 and
1992, respectively.  At December 31, 1994 and 1993, unearned compensation, net
of amortization, was $1,153,000 and $915,000, respectively.  The common shares
are restricted for 5 years retroactive to the first day of the year of  grant.
Restrictions are removed on 20% of the shares of each employee on January 1 of
each  of  the  5 years  following  the  year  of  grant.   A summary of grants
outstanding under the plan from 1992 through 1994 is as follows:

                                                COMMON     MARKET PRICE PER
                                                SHARES   SHARE ON DATE OF GRANT
                                                ------   ----------------------


Outstanding, December 31, 1991                  46,488        

Granted in 1992                                 33,940        $20.63
Vested in 1992                                  25,478        
Cancelled or forfeited                            -           
                                               -------        
Outstanding, December 31, 1992                  54,950        

Granted in 1993                                 21,225        $28.13
Vested in 1993                                  19,460        
Cancelled or forfeited                            -           
                                               -------        
Outstanding, December 31, 1993                  56,715        
                                                              

Granted in 1994                                 25,000        $27.38
Vested in 1994                                  18,543        
Cancelled or forfeited                            -           
                                               -------        
Outstanding, December 31, 1994                  63,172        
                                               =======        

<PAGE> 74

NOTE 11.  LITIGATION
    
    Lawsuits arising from  claims under insurance  contracts are provided  for
through loss and  loss adjustment expense  reserves established on  an ongoing
basis.   From time  to time,  the Company  has been  named as  a defendant  in
lawsuits incident to its  business.  Some of  these actions assert claims  for
exemplary  or  punitive  damages  which  are  not  insurable  under California
judicial decisions.   The  Company vigorously  defends these  actions unless a
reasonable  settlement  appears  appropriate.    While  any  litigation has an
element of uncertainty, the Company is confident that the ultimate outcome  of
pending actions will  not have a  material adverse effect  on its consolidated
financial condition or results of operations.


NOTE 12.  PROPOSITION 103

      On  January  27,  1995,  the  Company  announced  a settlement of rebate
liabilities associated with  Proposition 103, which  was passed by  California
voters  on  November  8,  1988.    The  agreement  applies  to  both Insurance
Subsidiaries,  20th  Century  Insurance  Company  and  21st  Century  Casualty
Company, and applies to those  customers insured between November 8,  1988 and
November  7,  1989.    At  December  31,  1994,  $78  million is recorded as a
liability.

      Initially, the Company will refund $46 million to customers specified in
the agreement  as soon  as practicable,  representing an  average payment  per
household  of  $80.00,  approximately  7.5  percent  of  premiums paid between
November 8, 1988 and November 7, 1989.  The remaining $32 million will be  set
aside for  additional customer  refunds conditioned  on the  ultimate level of
claim costs associated with the 1994 Northridge Earthquake.

      This  settlement  required  the  Company  to  withdraw its request for a
hearing with the United States Supreme Court to appeal the California  Supreme
Court decision in the Proposition  103 test case "20th Century  vs. Garamendi"
and abide by the terms of Commissioner Quackenbush's order.  Upon announcement
of the  settlement,  a consumer  group objected  to the settlement terms,  and
threatened legal action.  The Company is advised by counsel, and believes that
any challenge to the settlement will be unsuccessful.

      Another condition of this agreement  required the Company to obtain  new
capital  of  $50  million  and  contribute  the  funds  to  the surplus of the
Insurance  Subsidiaries,  consisting  of  $30 million  by  March 31,  1995 and
$20 million  by  Decem-

<PAGE> 75

ber 31, 1995.  Available to the Company were are an additional $15 million un-
der the existing bank credit facility and up to $70 million in preferred stock
which could be issued to AIG.  See Note 17  for further discussion.

NOTE 13.  NORTHRIDGE EARTHQUAKE

      The Northridge,  California Earthquake,  which occurred  on January  17,
1994, significantly affected the operating results and the financial  position
of the  Company for  1994.   The earthquake  occurred in  an area in which the
Company's homeowners and  earthquake coverages were  concentrated.  Since  the
event occurred,  the Company  and other  members of  the property and casualty
insurance industry  have revised  their estimates  of claim  costs and related
expenses several times.   Because of the unusual  nature of the ground  motion
during  the  earthquake,  the   earthquake  produced  significant  damage   to
structures beyond normal expectations.   Delayed discovery of the severity  of
damages has caused claims to  be reevaluated as the additional  damage becomes
known and has  made the estimation  process extremely difficult.   The Company
currently estimates total gross losses and allocated loss adjustment  expenses
for this catastrophe to be $940 million.  Unallocated loss adjustment expense,
FAIR plan assessments and other  earthquake related expenses are estimated  to
be  an  additional  $20  million.    The  charge  for the year against pre-tax
earnings,  after  reduction  for  $76.3  million  of  reinsurance,  was $883.8
million.

      Should  the  earthquake  losses  increase  above  $974 million,   future
financial periods will be impacted and additional capital may be required.

NOTE 14.  CAPITAL TRANSACTION

      As a result of the earthquake  losses discussed in Note 13, the  Company
found  it  necessary  to  obtain  additional  capital to increase the combined
statutory surplus of the Insurance Subsidiaries.

      On December 15,  1994, at a  special shareholders meeting,  a definitive
agreement entered into between  the Company and American  International Group,
Inc. ("AIG"), to  provide $216 million  of equity capital  was approved.   The
agreement provides for  an investment and  strategic alliance agreement  which
provides for the issuance of, (i) 200,000 shares of the Company's Series A  9%
Convertible  Preferred  Stock  (the  "Preferred  Stock"),  par value $1.00 per
share, at a price and liquidation  value of $1,000 per share convertible  into
common shares at a conversion price  of $11.33 per share, and (ii)  16,000,000
Series A Warrants (the "Warrants") to purchase an aggregate 16,000,000  shares
of the Company's Common Stock at $13.50 per share.

<PAGE> 76

The Company received aggregate consideration of $200,000,000 for the shares of
the  Preferred  Stock  and  $16,000,000  for  the  Warrants (collectively, the
"Investment Agreement").

      The Investment Agreement also provides for a 10% quota share reinsurance
agreement  applicable  to  the  Company's  entire  book  of  business, thereby
improving the Company's ability to sustain growth.

      In addition to AIG's capital  investment and quota share agreement,  the
Company and AIG  are negotiating a  strategic business alliance  agreement for
joint ventures for the sale of automobile insurance outside California.   This
alliance will enable the Company to expand its business into other  geographic
areas.

      Upon approval  by the  shareholders, AIG,  as holders  of the  Preferred
Stock,  voting  separately  as  a  class,  elected two of the Company's eleven
directors.  Holders of Common Stock were not entitled to vote in the  election
of such two directors.

      An amendment to the Company's Articles of Incorporation to increase  the
number of authorized shares of Common Stock without par value from  80,000,000
to  110,000,000  shares  was  also  approved  by  shareholders.  This proposed
amendment was  necessary in  order to  permit the  full exercise of conversion
privileges under the Investment Agreement.

<PAGE> 77

NOTE 15.  UNAUDITED QUARTERLY RESULTS

     The summarized unaudited quarterly results of operations were as follows:

<TABLE>
                                               QUARTER ENDED
                       -----------------------------------------------------------
                         MARCH 31        JUNE 30      SEPTEMBER 30    DECEMBER 31
                         --------        -------      ------------    -----------
                              (Amounts in thousands, except per share data)
   1994
   ----

<S>                     <C>             <C>             <C>            <C>                                                          
Revenues                $ 290,560       $ 333,481       $ 280,883      $ 275,348

Net income (loss)       $(339,993)      $   4,880       $(114,254)     $ (48,653)

Earnings (loss) per
common share            $   (6.61)      $     .09       $   (2.22)     $    (.95)


   1993
   ----
Revenues                $ 263,101       $ 272,873       $ 281,339      $ 286,522
                                  
Net income              $  23,924       $  34,824       $  31,018      $  22,789

Earnings per
common share            $     .47       $     .67       $     .61      $     .44

</TABLE>
      The  fourth quarter 1993  net income was  impacted by approximately $4.3
million in net losses and $2.6 million in assessments for the Company's  share
of California Fair Plan losses as a result of the Southern California fires.

      The net income for all four  quarters of 1994 reflect the impact  of the
January  17  Northridge  Earthquake,  which  were  as follows:  first quarter,
$551.3 million; second quarter, $76.5 million; third quarter, $129.8  million;
and  fourth  quarter,  $126.2  million.    The  second quarter 1994 net income
reflects approximately $50 million in realized capital gains from the sale  of
investments.  The third quarter  1994 net income reflects additional  deferred
revenue of $43.6 million  and interest expense of  $28 million related to  the
Proposition  103  order  directing  the  Company  to  issue  refunds  totaling
approximately $78.3 million, plus interest at  10% per annum from May 8,  1989
to  September 30,  1994.    The  fourth  quarter  1994 net income reflects the
reversal of all Proposition 103 interest accrued of approximately $44  million
in accordance with a settlement with the California Department of Insurance.

<PAGE> 78


NOTE 16.  RESULTS OF OPERATIONS BY LINE OF BUSINESS

      The following table presents premium revenue and underwriting profit
(loss) for the Company's auto lines and homeowner and other lines on a GAAP
basis.
                                                         1994
                                                         ----
                                                                 Homeowner
(Amounts in thousands)                     Auto Lines          and Other Lines
                                           ----------          ---------------

Direct premiums written                     $ 991,268            $   87,395
                                            =========            ==========
Premiums earned                             $ 981,893            $   52,110
                                            =========            ==========
Underwriting loss                           $ (45,854)           $ (877,487)
                                            =========            ==========

                                                         1993
                                                         ----
                                                                  Homeowner
                                            Auto Lines          and Other Lines
                                            ----------          ---------------

Direct premiums written                     $ 932,497            $ 101,398
                                            =========            =========
Premiums earned                             $ 908,522            $  81,190
                                            =========            =========
Underwriting profit (loss)                  $  25,064            $ (11,598)
                                            =========            =========

                                                         1992
                                                         ----
                                                                 Homeowner
                                            Auto Lines         and Other Lines
                                            ----------         ---------------

Direct premiums written                     $ 841,610            $  85,098
                                            =========            =========
Premiums earned                             $ 823,680            $  72,673
                                            =========            =========
Underwriting profit                         $  36,890            $   1,714
                                            =========            =========


     In 1994, both the Auto and  Homeowner lines  experienced an  underwriting
loss due to the  high level  of claims  incurred as  a result  of the  January
17  Northridge  Earthquake and the cost of the Proposition 103 rollback order.

      In 1993, the Homeowners line  experienced an underwriting loss primarily
as a result  of first  quarter weather-related losses  of  approximately  $4.6
million,  and the third  quarter Southern  California fires  with related  net
losses incurred of approximately $4.3 million and $2.6  million in assessments
for the  Company's share of California  Fair Plan  losses.    The underwriting
loss also  included losses  of approximately $1.0 million related  to the 1991
Oakland, California fire.

     In  1992, the  Homeowners line experienced an underwriting profit despite
losses  incurred of  approximately  $2.1  million related to the 1991 Oakland,
California fire.

<PAGE> 79


NOTE 17.  SUBSEQUENT EVENT (unaudited)

      On January 28, 1995, the California Department of Insurance, as part  of
the  Proposition 103  settlement,  ordered   the  Company  to  contribute   an
additional $50 million to  the Insurance Subsidiaries' surplus,  including $30
million by March 31,  1995.  In March  1995, the Company received  $20 million
from the issuance of preferred stock to AIG and $10 million from the  existing
bank credit facility and contributed such funds to the Insurance Subsidiaries'
surplus.

<PAGE> 80

ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

There have been no disagreements  with  the Company's independent  auditors on
any  matters  of  accounting  principles  or  practices,  financial  statement
disclosure or auditing scope or procedure, or any reportable events.

                                   PART III
                                   --------

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

Information  in  response  to  Item  10  is incorporated by reference from the
Company's definitive  proxy statement  used in  connection with  the Company's
1995 Annual Meeting of Shareholders pursuant to Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K.


ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Information  in  response  to  Item 11  is  incorporated by reference from the
Company's definitive  proxy statement  used in  connection with  the Company's
1995 Annual Meeting of Shareholders pursuant to Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K.


ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

Information  in  response  to  Item 12  is  incorporated by reference from the
Company's definitive  proxy statement  used in  connection with  the Company's
1995 Annual Meeting of Shareholders pursuant to Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K.


ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Information  in  response  to  Item  13  is incorporated by reference from the
Company's definitive  proxy statement  used in  connection with  the Company's
1995 Annual Meeting of Shareholders pursuant to Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K.

<PAGE> 81

                                   PART IV
                                   -------

ITEM 14.    EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

     (a)    DOCUMENTS FILED WITH THIS REPORT
            (1)  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.                                      PAGE
                                                                            ----
            The following consolidated financial statements of the Company
            are filed as part of this report:
              (i)   Report of independent accountants;......................  49
             (ii)   Consolidated balance sheets-December 31, 1994 and 1993;.  50
            (iii)   Consolidated statements of operations--Years ended
                    December 31, 1994, 1993 and 1992;.......................  52
             (iv)   Consolidated statement of changes in stockholders'equity--
                    Years ended December 31, 1994, 1993 and 1992;...........  53
              (v)   Consolidated statements of cash flows--Years ended
                    December 31, 1994, 1993 and 1992;.......................  54
             (vi)   Notes to consolidated financial statements..............  56
            (2)  SCHEDULES
            The following financial statement  schedule  required to be  filed
            by  Item 8  and  by  paragraph  (d)  of  Item 14  of Form 10-K  is
            submitted as a separate section of this report.

            Schedule II - Condensed Financial Information of Registrant.....  85

            Schedules I, III, IV, and VI  have been omitted as all required data
            is included in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
            
            All other schedules for which provision is made in the  applicable
            accounting regulations of  the Securities and  Exchange Commission
            are  not   required  under   the  related   instructions  or   are
            inapplicable, and therefore have been omitted.
            
<PAGE> 82

            (3)  EXHIBITS REQUIRED.
            The following exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K  and
            by paragraph  (c) of  Item 14 of  Form 10-K  are listed  by number
            corresponding to the Exhibit Table of Item 601 of Regulation S-K.
            3     Articles of Incorporation  as amended and  By-Laws, amended,
                  for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994 of the Company.
            4     A Specimen Common  Stock Certificate is  incorporated herein
                  by reference from the Registrant's Form 10-K for the  fiscal
                  year ended December 31, 1985, in which it was included as an
                  exhibit.
            10    The  contracts   listed  below   as  10(a)   and  10(b)  are
                  incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant's  Form
                  10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1985, and  10(c)
                  through 10(g) are amended or added for the fiscal year ended
                  December 31, 1987, 10(h) and  10(i) are for the  fiscal year
                  ended December 31, 1988, 10(j) and  10(k) are for the fiscal
                  year  ended  December 31,  1989,  10(l)  is  amended for the
                  fiscal year ended  December 31, 1990,  10(m) is amended  for
                  the fiscal  year ended  December 31, 1994,  10(n) is amended
                  for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995, 10(o) and 10(p)
                  are incorporated herein  by reference from  the Registrant's
                  Form 8-K dated October 5, 1994, 10(q) is for the fiscal year
                  ended   December   31,   1995,   10(r)   through  10(t)  are
                  incorporated  herein  by  reference  from  the  Registrant's
                  Form 10-Q dated November 13,  1994, and 10(u)  through 10(w)
                  are for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995.

                  10(a)       First   Amended    Employment   Agreement    and
                              Retirement  Agreement  between  the  Company and
                              Louis W. Foster.
                  10(b)       Life Insurance Agreement for key officers.
                  10(c)       20th Century Industries Restricted Shares  Plan,
                              as amended.
                  10(d)       Restricted Shares Agreement.
                  10(e)       Split  Dollar  Insurance  Agreement  between the
                              Company and Stanley M. Burke, as trustee of  the
                              1983 Foster Insurance Trust.
                  10(f)       Property Reinsurance Agreement No. 7288  between
                              the Company and General Reinsurance Corporation.
                  10(g)       Note payable with Bank of America.
                  10(h)       20th Century  Industries supplemental  executive
                              retirement plan, as amended.

<PAGE> 83

                  10(i)       Amendment  and   restatement  of   20th  Century
                              Industries pension plan.
                  10(j)       Software  system  agreement  between the Company
                              and Management Science America, Inc.
                  10(k)       Employment contract for a key officer.
                  10(l)       20th  Century  Industries  Savings  and Security
                              Plan, as amended.
                  10(m)       Property Catastrophe  Reinsurance Agreement  No.
                              P3341-1  and  2  between  the  Company  and  Guy
                              Carpenter  and  Company,  Inc.,  a   reinsurance
                              intermediary, as amended.
                  10(n)       PELP Reinsurance Contract, as amended.
                  10(o)       Letter  of  intent   between  the  Company   and
                              American International Group, Inc.
                  10(p)       Stock Option Agreement  between the Company  and
                              American International Group, Inc.
                  10(q)       Property Catastrophe Excess of Loss  Reinsurance
                              Agreement between 20th Century Insurance Company
                              and/or   21st   Century   Casualty  Company  and
                              National Indemnity Company.
                  10(r)       Credit Agreement between the Company, Union Bank
                              and The First National Bank of Chicago.
                  10(s)       Investment  and  Strategic  Alliance   Agreement
                              between the  Company and  American International
                              Group, Inc.
                  10(t)       Amendment and Waiver between the Company,  Union
                              Bank and The First National Bank of Chicago.
                  10(u)       Amendment No. 2 and Waiver between the  Company,
                              Union  Bank  and  The  First  National  Bank  of
                              Chicago.
                  10(v)       Amendment  No. 1  to  Investment  and  Strategic
                              Alliance  Agreement  between  the  Company   and
                              American Internal Group, Inc.
                  10(w)       Quota Share  Reinsurance Agreement  between 20th
                              Century  Insurance  Company  and  New  Hampshire
                              Insurance  Company  and  21st  Century  Casualty
                              Company and New Hampshire Insurance Company.
                  22          Subsidiaries of Registrant.
                  29          Information  from  reports  furnished  to  state
                              insurance regulatory authorities.
                              29(a)   20th Century Insurance Company
                              29(b)   21st Century Casualty Company

                  These documents are incorporated  herein by reference to the
                  paper document filed by March 31, 1995 pursuant to a contin-
                  uing hardship exemption granted under Rule 202 of Regulation
                  S-T

<PAGE> 84

      (b)   REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.

            The Registrant filed two Form 8-K's during the three months  ended
            December 31, 1994 as follows:

      1.    October 5, 1994         The  Company  filed  with  the  Commission
                                    copies of the  executed letter of  intent,
                                    with  exhibits,  and  the  executed  Stock
                                    Option Agreement, dated September 26, 1994
                                    by and  between the  Company and  American
                                    International Group, Inc.

      2.    December 22, 1994       A.    The   Company   expects   earthquake
                                          claims to total $900 million, up $85
                                          million  from  a  previous estimate.
                                          The  Company  will  have  access  to
                                          additional capital through  American
                                          International Group, Inc. under  the
                                          terms   of   an   investment    plan
                                          currently    pending     Shareholder
                                          approval.

                                    B.    The   Company   appointed   John  B.
                                          DeNault, formerly  Vice Chairman  of
                                          the  Board,   as  Chairman   of  the
                                          Company's   Board   of    Directors,
                                          succeeding company founder, Louis W.
                                          Foster, who is  now Chairman of  the
                                          Board, Emeritus.   In  addition, Rex
                                          J. Bates was named Vice Chairman  of
                                          the Board.

                                    C.    The      Company      closed     the
                                          capitalization  and  joint   venture
                                          plan  with  American   International
                                          Group,  Inc.    Under  the plan, AIG
                                          invested  $216  million  of   equity
                                          capital in the Company in return for
                                          convertible   preferred   stock  and
                                          warrants.

<PAGE> 85

<TABLE>
                                                                   SCHEDULE II

                      20TH CENTURY INDUSTRIES (PARENT COMPANY)
                   CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
                                   BALANCE SHEETS
                                       ASSETS
                                                        DECEMBER 31,
                                                ------------------------------
                                                     1994             1993
                                                     ----             ----
                                           (Amounts in thousands, except share data)


<S>                                                 <C>             <C>                                                             
Cash                                                $ 31,283        $    123
Accrued interest income                                  499            -
Other current assets                                   1,701           1,022
Accounts receivable from subsidiaries                  4,050            -
Investment in non-consolidated insurance
  subsidiaries at equity                             442,871         694,555
Equipment, at cost, less accumulated
  depreciation - 1994 $1,078; 1993 $807                1,568           1,825
Other assets                                          17,323           4,616
                                                    --------        --------
                                                    $499,295        $702,141
                                                    ========        ========

                    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Accounts payable to subsidiaries                    $  3,705        $ 33,159
Accounts payable and accrued expenses                 17,646          13,773

Bank loan payable                                    160,000            -   
                                                    --------        --------
  Total liabilities                                  181,351          46,932
                                                    --------        --------

Stockholders' equity:
Capital Stock
  Preferred stock, par value $1.00 per share;
    authorized 500,000 shares, none issued
  Series A convertible preferred stock,
    stated value $1,000 per share, authorized
    376,126 shares, outstanding 200,000 in
    1994                                             200,000            -
  Common stock, without par value; author-
    ized 110,000,000 shares, outstanding
    51,472,471 in 1994 and 51,447,471 in
    1993                                              69,340          68,848
  Common stock warrants                               16,000            -
Retained earnings                                     32,604         586,361
                                                    --------        --------
  Total stockholders' equity                         317,944         655,209
                                                    --------        --------
                                                    $499,295        $702,141
                                                    ========        ========
See note to condensed financial statements.

</TABLE>


<PAGE> 86

<TABLE>
                                                                        SCHEDULE II


                         20TH CENTURY INDUSTRIES (PARENT COMPANY)
                                             
                                             
                      CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
                                             
                                             
                                STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
      
                                                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,         
                                           -----------------------------------------  
      
                                                1994           1993           1992
                                                ----           ----           ----
                                          (Amounts in thousands, except per share data)
      REVENUES
      

<S>                                          <C>             <C>             <C>                                                    
        Interest                             $   1,139       $      2        $      -
      
        Commissions                                  1              1               2
                                             ---------       --------        --------
           Total                                 1,140              3               2
      
      EXPENSES
      
        General and administrative               9,034            645             466
                                             ---------       --------        --------
      
      Loss before income tax refund             (7,894)          (642)           (464)
      
        Refund of income taxes                  (2,763)          (225)            (51)
                                             ---------       --------        -------- 
      
      Net loss before equity in net
        income of insurance subsidiaries        (5,131)          (417)           (413)
      
      Net income (loss) of non-consolidated
        insurance subsidiaries                (492,889)       112,972         117,880
                                             ---------       --------        --------
      
           NET INCOME (LOSS)                 $(498,020)      $112,555        $117,467
                                             =========       ========        ========
      
        Earnings (loss) per common share     $   (9.69)      $   2.19        $   2.29
                                             =========       ========        ========
      
      
      
      See note to condensed financial statements.
      
</TABLE>
      
      
<PAGE> 87

<TABLE>
                                                                               SCHEDULE II
                               20TH CENTURY INDUSTRIES (PARENT COMPANY)
                                                   
                            CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
                                                   
                                       STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                                   
      
                                                          YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,          
                                                --------------------------------------------
      
                                                      1994           1993            1992
                                                      ----           ----            ----
                                                                 (Amounts in thousands)
      OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
      
<S>                                               <C>             <C>            <C>                                                
        Net Income (loss)                         $(498,020)      $112,555       $ 117,467
      
        Adjustments to reconcile net
          income to net cash provided
          (used) by operating activities:
      
        Net (income) loss of non-consolidated
          insurance subsidiaries                    492,889       (112,972)       (117,880)
      
        Reimbursement of depreciation and
          amortization by non-consolidated
          subsidiaries                                  550            586             595
      
        Loss on sale of fixed assets                     42            138             186
      
        Effects of common stock issued
          under restricted shares plan                  492            417             371
      
        Dividends received from non-consolidated
          insurance subsidiaries                     16,471         33,120          26,741
      
        Increase (decrease) in deferred
          compensation benefits                        (502)         3,114              96
      
        Change in other assets, other
          liabilities, and accrued
          income taxes                              (42,504)        14,171          14,941
                                                  ---------       --------       ---------
      
      
      NET CASH PROVIDED (USED) BY OPERATING
        ACTIVITIES                                $ (30,582)      $ 51,129       $  42,517
      
      
      
      See note to condensed financial statements.
      
</TABLE>

<PAGE> 88

<TABLE>
                                                                              SCHEDULE II
                               20TH CENTURY INDUSTRIES (PARENT COMPANY)
                                                   
                            CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
                                                   
                                       STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                                   
                                             (Continued)
      
                                                            Years Ended December 31,          
                                                  --------------------------------------------
      
                                                       1994           1993             1992
                                                       ----           ----             ----
                                                                 (Amounts in thousands)
      INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
      
      
<S>                                               <C>             <C>             <C>                                               
        Capital contributed to 21st Century
          Casualty Company                        $ (40,841)      $(17,500)       $(15,000)
      
        Capital contributed to 20th Century
          Insurance Company                        (256,612)          -               -
      
        Purchase of equipment                          (478)          (946)         (1,006)
      
        Proceeds from sale of equipment                 144            291             264
                                                  ---------      ---------       ---------
      
        NET CASH USED BY INVESTING ACTIVITIES      (297,787)       (18,155)        (15,742)
      
      FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
      
        Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock   200,000           -               -
      
        Proceeds from issuance of stock warrants     16,000           -               -
      
        Proceeds from bank loan                     160,000           -               -
      
        Dividends paid                              (16,471)       (32,926)        (26,741)
                                                  ---------       --------        -------- 
      
        NET CASH PROVIDED (USED) BY
          FINANCING ACTIVITIES                      359,529        (32,926)        (26,741)
                                                  ---------       --------        -------- 
      
      Net increase in cash                           31,160             48              34
      
      Cash, beginning of year                           123             75              41
                                                  ---------       --------        --------
      
      Cash, end of year                           $  31,283       $    123        $     75
                                                  =========       ========        ========
      
      Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
         Cash paid for interest was $7,277,000, $-0- and $-0- for the years ended December
         31, 1994, 1993 and 1992, respectively.
      
      
      See note to condensed financial statements.
      
</TABLE>
      

<PAGE> 89

                                                                   SCHEDULE II
                   20TH CENTURY INDUSTRIES (PARENT COMPANY)
                   NOTE TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

      The  accompanying  condensed  financial  statements  should  be  read in
conjunction with the  consolidated financial statements  and notes thereto  of
20th Century Industries and Subsidiaries.

<PAGE> 90

                                  SIGNATURES


      Pursuant to the  requirements of Section 13  or 15(d) of  the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be  signed
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                      20TH CENTURY INDUSTRIES AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                                     (Registrant)



Date: March 28, 1995                      By:
      --------------                          ----------------------------------
                                                       William L. Mellick
                                                     Chief Executive Officer







      Pursuant to  the requirements  of the  Securities Exchange  Act of 1934,
this report has been  signed below by the  following persons on behalf  of the
registrant and in  the capacities and  on the dates  indicated on the  28th of
March, 1995.



          SIGNATURE                          TITLE
          ---------                          -----



                                   Chief Executive Officer
------------------------------  (Principal Executive Officer)
      William L. Mellick



                                     Vice President,
                                 Chief Financial Officer and
                                 Chief Actuary (Principal
------------------------------   Financial Officer)
      Charles I. Petit



                                Treasurer and Assistant Secretary
------------------------------    (Principal Accounting Officer)
       Margaret Chang



<PAGE> 91

          SIGNATURE                         TITLE
          ---------                         -----


-----------------------------        Chairman of the Board
       John B. DeNault


------------------------------      Vice Chairman of the Board
       Rex J. Bates


------------------------------            Director
       Neil H. Ashley


-----------------------------             Director
       Stanley M. Burke


------------------------------            Director
       John B. DeNault III


------------------------------            Director
        Louis W. Foster


------------------------------            Director
    R. Scott Foster, M.D.




<PAGE> 92

                          CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF
                          ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF
                            20TH CENTURY INDUSTRIES

               Neil H. Ashley and John R. Bollington certify that:
               
               1.   They  are  the   Chief  Executive  Officer   and  Secretary,
respectively, of 20th Century Industries, a California corporation.
               
               2.   Article  IV  of  the  Articles  of  Incorporation  is hereby
amended to read in full as follows:
               
                                       IV
               
                    This  corporation is authorized to issue two  classes
        of shares  to be  designated respectively  "Preferred Shares" and
        "Common  Shares";   the  total   number  of   shares  which  this
        corporation  has  authority  to  issue  is  110,500,000  and  the
        aggregate par value of  all shares that are  to have a par  value
        shall be  $500,000; the  number of  Preferred Shares  that are to
        have a par value shall be 500,000 and the par value of each share
        of such class shall be $1 and the number of Common Shares without
        par  value  shall  be  110,000,000.  The  Preferred Shares may be
        issued from  time to  time in  one or  more series.  The board of
        directors  is  hereby  authorized  to  fix  or alter the dividend
        rights, dividend rate,  conversion rights, voting  rights, rights
        and terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions),  the
        redemption price or prices and the liquidation preferences of any
        wholly unissued  series of  Preferred Shares,  and the  number of
        shares constituting any such series and the designation  thereof,
        or any of them; and to increase or decrease the number of  shares
        of any series subsequent to  the issue of shares of  that series,
        but  not  below  the  number  of  shares  of  such  series   then
        outstanding. In case the number of shares of any series shall  be
        so decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall  resume
        the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution
        originally fixing the number of shares of such series.
               
               3.   Articles  V,   VI,  VII   and  VIII   of  the   Articles  of
Incorporation  are  hereby  renumbered  as  Articles  VI,  VII,  VIII  and   IX,
respectively.
               
               4.   A  new  Article  V  is  hereby  added  to  the  Articles  of
Incorporation, which shall read in full as follows:
               
                                       V
                        
                        A.    Prohibited Transfer; Excess Stock.   Except
        as provided in Section G, until the Restriction Termination Date,
        any  attempted  direct  or  indirect  Transfer  of Stock shall be
        deemed  a  "Prohibited  Transfer"  if  (i)  such  Transfer  would
        increase the Percentage of Stock Owned by any Person that (or
                        
<PAGE> 93
        
        by any Person whose Stock is or by virtue of such Transfer  would
        be attributed to any Person that), either after giving effect  to
        the attribution rules (including the option attribution rules) of
        Section 382 or without regard to such attribution rules, Owns, by
        virtue of such Transfer would Own,  or has at any time since  the
        period beginning three years prior  to the date of such  Transfer
        Owned, Stock  in excess  of the  Limit, (ii)  such Transfer would
        increase  the  Percentage  of  Stock  Owned by any 5% Shareholder
        (including but  not limited  to a  Transfer that  results in  the
        creation of a 5% Shareholder), or (iii) such Transfer would cause
        an "ownership change"  of the corporation  within the meaning  of
        Section 382. Except  as otherwise provided  in Sections D  and F,
        the Stock or  Option sought to  be Transferred in  the Prohibited
        Transfer shall be deemed "Excess Stock."
        
                        B.    Transfer  of   Excess  Stock   to  Trustee.
        Except as otherwise  provided in Sections  D and F,  a Prohibited
        Transfer shall be void ab  initio as to the Purported  Transferee
        in the  Prohibited Transfer  and such  Purported Transferee shall
        not  be  recognized  as  the  owner  of  the Excess Stock for any
        purpose and shall not be entitled to any rights as a  stockholder
        of the corporation  arising from the  ownership of Excess  Stock,
        including, but  not limited  to, the  right to  vote such  Excess
        Stock or to receive  dividends or other distributions  in respect
        thereof or, in the case  of Options, to receive Stock  in respect
        of  their  exercise.  Any  Excess  Stock  shall  automatically be
        transferred  to  the  Trustee  in  trust  for  the benefit of the
        Charitable Beneficiary, effective as of the close of business  on
        the business day  prior to the  date of the  Prohibited Transfer;
        provided, however, that  if the transfer  to the trust  is deemed
        ineffective for any reason, such Excess Stock shall  nevertheless
        be deemed to  have been automatically  transferred to the  person
        selected as the Trustee at such time, and such person shall  have
        rights consistent with those of the Trustee as described in  this
        section  and  in   Section  C  below.   Any  dividend  or   other
        distribution with respect to such Excess Stock paid prior to  the
        discovery  by  the  corporation  that  the  Excess Stock has been
        transferred to the Trustee ("Prohibited Distributions") shall  be
        deemed to be  held by the  Purported Transferee as  agent for the
        Trustee, and shall  be paid to  the Trustee upon  demand, and any
        dividend or distribution declared  but unpaid shall be  paid when
        due to the Trustee. Any vote cast by a Purported Transferee  with
        respect to Excess Stock prior to the discovery by the corporation
        that the Excess Stock has been transferred to the Trustee will be
        rescinded as  void and  shall be  recast in  accordance with  the
        desires  of  the  Trustee  acting  for  the  sole  benefit of the
        Charitable Beneficiary.  The Purported  Transferee and  any other
        Person  holding  certificates  representing  Excess  Stock  shall
        immediately  surrender  such  certificates  to  the  Trustee. The
        Trustee shall  have all  the rights  of the  owner of  the Excess
        Stock, including the right to vote, to receive dividends or other
        distributions, and  to receive  proceeds from  liquidation, which
        rights shall be exercised for the sole benefit of the  Charitable
        Beneficiary.

<PAGE> 94
                        
                        C.    Disposition of  Excess Stock.   As  soon as
        practicable following receipt of notice from the corporation that
        Excess Stock  has been  transferred to  the Trustee,  the Trustee
        shall take such actions as  it deems necessary to dispose  of the
        Excess  Stock  in  an  arm's-length  transaction  that  would not
        constitute a  Prohibited Transfer.  Upon the  disposition of such
        Excess Stock, (i) the  interest of the Charitable  Beneficiary in
        the  Excess  Stock  shall  terminate,  and (ii) the Trustee shall
        distribute  the  net  proceeds  of  the  sale as follows: (a) the
        Purported Transferee shall receive an amount of the net  proceeds
        of  such  sale  not  to  exceed  the  Purported Transferee's cost
        incurred to acquire such Excess  Stock, or, if such Excess  Stock
        was Transferred for less than fair market value, the fair  market
        value of the Excess Stock on the date of the Prohibited Transfer,
        in each  case less  all costs  incurred by  the corporation,  the
        Trustee and the Transfer Agent in enforcing the Restrictions, and
        (b) the Charitable Beneficiary  shall receive the balance  of the
        net proceeds from the sale of the Excess Stock, if any,  together
        with  any  Prohibited  Distributions  received from the Purported
        Transferee  and  any  other  distributions  with  respect to such
        Excess Stock  while such  Stock was  held by  the Trustee. In the
        event the Purported Transferee  has disposed of the  Excess Stock
        and distributed the proceeds and other amounts otherwise than  in
        accordance with this section, then (w) such Purported  Transferee
        shall be deemed to have disposed of such Excess Stock as an agent
        for the Trustee, (x) such Purported Transferee shall be deemed to
        hold such proceeds and  any Prohibited Distributions as  an agent
        for the Trustee, (y) such Purported Transferee shall be  required
        to return to  the Trustee the  proceeds from such  sale, together
        with  any  Prohibited  Distributions  theretofore received by the
        Purported Transferee with respect to such Excess Stock,  provided
        that upon  receipt of  written permission  from the  Trustee, the
        Purported Transferee will be entitled to retain an amount of such
        sale  proceeds  not  to  exceed  the  amount  that such Purported
        Transferee would have  received from the  Trustee if the  Trustee
        had obtained and resold the  Excess Stock at any time  during the
        period beginning on  the date of  the Prohibited Transfer  giving
        rise  to  such  Excess  Stock  and  ending  on  the  date of such
        disposition  by  the  Purported  Transferee,  assuming  for  this
        purpose that the Trustee would have sold the Excess Stock for  an
        amount equal to  the lowest-quoted trading  price of such  Excess
        Stock during such period, and (z) the Trustee shall transfer  any
        remaining  proceeds  to  the  Charitable Beneficiary. Neither the
        Trustee, the corporation, the Purported Transferee nor any  other
        party shall  claim an  income tax  deduction with  respect to any
        transfer to  the Charitable  Beneficiary and  neither the Trustee
        nor the corporation shall benefit in any way from the enforcement
        of the Restrictions, except insofar as these restrictions protect
        the  corporation's  Income  Tax  Net  Operating  Loss  Carryover.
        Neither the Trustee, the corporation nor the Transfer Agent shall
        have any  liability to  any Person  for any  loss arising from or
        related to a Prohibited Transfer.
                        
                        D.    Transfers by 5% Shareholders.  In the event
        a  Prohibited  Transfer  is  attributable  to  a Transfer by a 5%
        Shareholder, the corporation and
                        
<PAGE> 95
        
        the Transfer Agent  shall make all  reasonable efforts to  locate
        the Person  or Public  Group who  acquired the  Excess Stock (the
        "Public  Purchaser").  In  the  event  the corporation is able to
        locate  the  Public  Purchaser  within  ninety  (90)  days of the
        Prohibited  Transfer,  the  corporation  shall  request  that the
        Public Purchaser  surrender the  Excess Stock,  together with any
        dividends  or  other  distributions  theretofore  received   with
        respect  to  the  Excess  Stock  by  the Public Purchaser, to the
        Purported  Transferor,  and,  if  such  Stock is surrendered, the
        Purported Transferor shall surrender to the Public Purchaser  the
        purchase price paid by the Public Purchaser for the Excess Stock,
        plus, if the  Public Purchaser acquired  Ownership of the  Excess
        Stock without  knowledge that  such acquisition  was a Prohibited
        Transfer, an amount equal to all other losses, damages, costs and
        expenses incurred by the Public Purchaser to acquire Ownership of
        the Excess Stock and  to comply with the  Restrictions (including
        any loss  incurred as  a result  of a  decline in  value of  such
        Stock). In the event the  Transfer Agent and the corporation  are
        unable to  locate the  Public Purchaser  within ninety  (90) days
        following  the  Prohibited  Transfer,  or  the  Public  Purchaser
        refuses to surrender or has disposed of the Excess Stock prior to
        the surrender of  the Excess Stock  to the Purported  Transferor,
        such Stock  shall no  longer be  treated as  Excess Stock and the
        corporation shall (i) purchase from one or more third parties, in
        one  or  more  transactions  that  would, to the extent possible,
        reduce the Ownership of Stock by the Person or Public Group whose
        Ownership increased as a result of the Prohibited Transfer to  an
        amount  equal  to  such   Ownership  immediately  prior  to   the
        Prohibited Transfer, shares of Stock equal in type and number  to
        the Stock  Transferred in  the Prohibited  Transfer (which  Stock
        shall be treated as Excess  Stock), (ii) hold such Stock  for and
        on behalf of the Purported Transferor, (iii) treat such Stock  as
        Owned  by  the  Purported  Transferor  since  the  date  of   the
        Prohibited Transfer for all purposes, including the right to vote
        and to receive  dividends and other  distributions, and (iv)  for
        all purposes treat any dividends and other distributions made  to
        such Person or Public Group  as a dividend or other  distribution
        to  the  Purported  Transferor,   a  payment  by  the   Purported
        Transferor to the  corporation to be  applied against the  Amount
        Due (as defined below), and a non-dividend payment to the Persons
        or Public Group  who received such  distributions. To the  extent
        reasonably  possible,  any  votes  cast  by such Person or Public
        Group from  and after  the date  of the  Prohibited Transfer with
        respect to Excess Stock shall be rescinded in the same proportion
        as the votes  actually cast by  such Person or  Public Group, and
        the Purported Transferor  shall be entitled  to cast those  votes
        that  were  rescinded.  The  corporation  shall  hold such Excess
        Stock,  and  any  dividends  or  other  distributions thereon, on
        behalf of the  Purported Transferor, as  security for payment  of
        the  Amount  Due,  until  the  earlier  of  such  time as (y) the
        corporation  has  received,  either  directly  from the Purported
        Transferor   or   indirectly   from   any   dividends   or  other
        distributions  theretofore  received  by  the  corporation   with
        respect  to  such  Excess  Stock  on  behalf  of  the   Purported
        Transferor  (or  any  amounts   deemed  paid  by  the   Purported
        Transferor as  provided in  this Section  D), or  any combination
        thereof,  an  amount  equal   to  the  amount  incurred   by  the
        corporation to fund the purchase such Excess

<PAGE> 96
        
        Stock, plus all  costs incurred by  the corporation in  enforcing
        the  Restrictions  with  respect  to  such  Prohibited   Transfer
        (including the amount of any non-dividend payment deemed made  by
        the corporation to the Person or Public Group as provided in this
        Section D),  plus interest  on all  such amounts  from the  dates
        incurred  by  the  corporation  at  the "applicable federal rate"
        determined under Section 1274(d)  of the Code (collectively,  the
        "Amount Due") (it  being the intent  to treat the  Amount Due and
        any portion thereof  as a loan  to the Purported  Transferor), or
        (z) the corporation  is able to  dispose of such  Excess Stock on
        behalf of the  Purported Transferor in  a transaction that  would
        not be a Prohibited Transfer, in which case the corporation  will
        sell such Excess Stock and distribute to the Purported Transferor
        any  proceeds  (together   with  any  other   cash  distributions
        theretofore received  (or deemed  received) with  respect to  the
        Excess Stock) in excess of the Amount Due. The obligation of  the
        Purported  Transferor  for  the  Amount  Due  shall be payable on
        demand by the  corporation. In the  event the Amount  Due exceeds
        the  proceeds  from  a  sale   of  Excess  Stock  and  any   cash
        distributions theretofore  received (or  deemed received)  by the
        corporation on behalf of the Purported Transferor with respect to
        such Excess Stock,  the balance shall  be due from  the Purported
        Transferor on demand.
                        
                        E.    Trans fer     Ag ent's      Right s     and
        Responsibilities.    The  Transfer  Agent  shall not register any
        Transfer of Stock on the corporation's stock transfer records  if
        it has knowledge that such Transfer is a Prohibited Transfer. The
        Transfer Agent shall have the right, prior and as a condition  to
        registering  any  Transfer  of  Stock  on the corporation's stock
        transfer  records,  to  request  any  transferee  of the Stock to
        submit an affidavit,  on a form  agreed to by  the Transfer Agent
        and the corporation, stating the  number of shares of each  class
        of Stock Owned  by the transferee  (and by Persons  who would Own
        the transferee's  Stock) before  the proposed  Transfer and  that
        would, if effect were given to the proposed Transfer, be Owned by
        the  transferee  (and  by  Persons  who would Own the prospective
        transferee's Stock)  after the  proposed Transfer.  If either (i)
        the Transfer Agent does not receive such affidavit, or (ii)  such
        affidavit evidences that the Transfer was a Prohibited  Transfer,
        the Transfer  Agent shall  notify the  corporation and  shall not
        enter  the  Prohibited  Transfer  into  the  corporation's  stock
        transfer  records,  and  the  Trustee,  the  corporation  and the
        Transfer  Agent  shall  take  such  steps  as  provided  in   the
        Restrictions in order to dispose of the Excess Stock  purportedly
        Owned by such  Purported Transferee. If  the Transfer Agent,  for
        whatever   reason,   enters   a   Prohibited   Transfer   in  the
        corporation's  stock  transfer  records,  such  Transfer shall be
        nonetheless  void  and  shall  have  no  force  and  effect,   in
        accordance  with  the  Restrictions,  and the corporation's stock
        transfer records shall be revised to so provide.
                        
                        F.    Certain Indirect Prohibited Transfers.   In
        the event a Transfer would  be a Prohibited Transfer as  a result
        of attribution to  the Purported Transferee  of the Ownership  of
        Stock by  a Person  (an "Other  Person") who  is not controlling,
        controlled by or under common control with the Purported

<PAGE> 97
        
        Transferee,  which  Ownership  is  nevertheless attributed to the
        Purported  Transferee,  the  Restrictions  shall  not  apply in a
        manner that would invalidate  any Transfer to such  Other Person,
        and  the  Purported  Transferee  and  any  Persons   controlling,
        controlled  by  or  under  common  control  with  the   Purported
        Transferee (collectively, the "Purported Transferee Group") shall
        automatically be deemed to have transferred to the Trustee at the
        time and in a manner consistent with Section B hereof, sufficient
        Stock (which Stock shall (i)  consist only of Stock held  legally
        or beneficially, whether directly or indirectly, by any member of
        the Purported Transferee  Group, but not  Stock held through  any
        Other Person, other than shares  held through a Person acting  as
        agent or  fiduciary for  any member  of the  Purported Transferee
        Group, (ii) be deemed transferred to the Trustee, in the  inverse
        order  in  which  it  was  acquired  by  members of the Purported
        Transferee Group, and (iii) be treated as Excess Stock) to  cause
        the Purported Transferee, following such transfer to the Trustee,
        not to be  in violation of  the Restrictions; provided,  however,
        that to  the extent  the foregoing  provisions of  this Section F
        would  not  be  effective  to  prevent a Prohibited Transfer, the
        Restrictions  shall  apply  to  such  other  Stock  Owned  by the
        Purported  Transferee  (including  Stock  actually owned by Other
        Persons), in a  manner designed to  minimize the amount  of Stock
        subject to  the Restrictions  or as  otherwise determined  by the
        Board  of  Directors  to  be  necessary  to  prevent a Prohibited
        Transfer (which Stock shall be treated as Excess Stock).
                        
                        G.    Exceptions.  The term "Prohibited Transfer"
        shall  not  include:  (i)  the  original  issuance  of  Series  A
        Convertible Preferred Stock pursuant to the Investment Agreement,
        (ii) the original issuance of  Series A Warrants pursuant to  the
        Investment   Agreement,   (iii)   the   conversion  of  Series  A
        Convertible  Preferred   Stock,  (iv)   the  sale   of  Series  A
        Convertible Preferred  Stock or  Common Shares  acquired upon the
        conversion thereof if the sale would not be a Prohibited Transfer
        but for the  transferor's ownership of  Stock, in either  case in
        compliance with  the Investment  Agreement, (v)  any purchase  of
        Stock permitted  by Section  6.1(b) of  the Investment Agreement,
        (vi)  any  sale  of  any  securities  of the corporation acquired
        pursuant  to  the  Investment  Agreement  after  the  Restriction
        Effective Date if such acquisition was not prohibited pursuant to
        the  terms  of  the  Investment  Agreement,  (vii)  any  Transfer
        described  in  Section  382(l)(3)(B)  of  the  Code  (relating to
        transfers upon death or divorce and certain gifts) if all Persons
        who would Own the Stock Transferred would be treated for purposes
        of Section 382 as having Owned such Stock at all times  beginning
        more than  three (3)  years prior  to the  date of  the Transfer,
        (viii) any sale of  Common Stock by a  Person who Owns more  than
        4.75% of  the outstanding  Common Stock  on November  15, 1994 if
        such sale would  not result in  a net increase  in the amount  of
        Stock  owned  by  5%  Shareholders  during  the three-year period
        ending on  the date  of such  sale, provided  such sale would not
        otherwise  be  prohibited  under  the  Restrictions  but for such
        transferor's  Ownership  of  Stock,  and  (ix)  any Transfer with
        respect to which the Person who would otherwise be the  Purported
        Transferee obtains or is granted the prior

<PAGE> 98
        
        written approval of  the Board of  Directors of the  corporation,
        which  approval  shall  be  granted  in  its  sole  and  absolute
        discretion  after  considering   all  facts  and   circumstances,
        including  but  not  limited  to  future events the occurrence of
        which are deemed by the Board of Directors of the corporation  to
        be reasonably possible.
                        
                        H.    Legend.      All   certificates   or  other
        instruments   evidencing   Ownership   of   Stock  shall  bear  a
        conspicuous  legend  describing  the  restrictions.  The Board of
        Directors  shall  take  such  actions  as  it  deems necessary to
        substitute certificates evidencing ownership of Stock and bearing
        such legend for certificates not bearing such legend.
                        
                        I.    Prompt  Enforcement;  Further  Actions.  As
        soon  as  practicable  and  within  thirty  (30) business days of
        learning  of  a  purported  Prohibited  Transfer, the corporation
        through its  Secretary or  any assistant  Secretary shall  demand
        that  the  Purported  Transferee  (or  any  other  member  of the
        Purported Transferee Group) or Public Purchaser surrender to  the
        Trustee the  certificates representing  the Excess  Stock or  any
        resale proceeds  therefrom, and  any Prohibited  Distributions or
        other dividends  or distributions  received thereon,  and if such
        surrender is not made within  twenty (20) business days from  the
        date  of  such  demand,  the  corporation  shall  institute legal
        proceedings to compel such surrender and for compensatory damages
        on  account  of  any  failure  to  take  such  actions; provided,
        however,  that  nothing  in  this  Section  I  shall preclude the
        corporation  in  its  discretion  from immediately bringing legal
        proceedings  without  a  prior  demand,  and  also  provided that
        failure of the corporation to act within the time periods set out
        in this section shall not constitute a waiver of any right of the
        corporation  to  compel  any  transfer  required  hereby.  Upon a
        determination by the Board of Directors that there has been or is
        threatened  a  Prohibited  Transfer,  the  Board of Directors may
        authorize such additional  action as it  deems advisable to  give
        effect  to  the  Restrictions,  including,  without   limitation,
        refusing to give effect on the  books of the Company to any  such
        purported  Prohibited  Transfer  or  instituting  proceedings  to
        enjoin any such purported Prohibited Transfer. Nothing  contained
        in the  Restrictions shall  limit the  authority of  the Board of
        Directors to take  such other action  to the extent  permitted by
        law as it deems necessary or advisable to protect the corporation
        and the interests of the holders of its securities in  preserving
        the Income Tax Net  Operating Loss Carryover, including,  but not
        limited to, refusing to give effect to any Prohibited Transfer or
        other  action  on  the  books  of  the corporation or instituting
        proceedings to  enjoin any  Prohibited Transfer  or other action;
        provided,   however,   that   any   Prohibited   Transfer   shall
        nevertheless result  in the  consequences otherwise  described in
        the Restrictions.
                        J.    Board Authority to Interpret.  The Board of
        Directors shall have the authority to interpret the provisions of
        the Restrictions for the purpose of protecting the Income Tax Net
        Operating Loss Carryover. Any such

<PAGE> 99
        
        interpretation shall be final and binding on any Person or Public
        Group who Owns or purports to acquire Ownership of Stock.
                        
                        K.    Damages.  Any person who knowingly violates
        the Restrictions, and any  persons controlling, controlled by  or
        under common  control with  such a  person, shall  be jointly and
        severally liable to the corporation for, and shall indemnify  and
        hold  the  corporation  harmless  against,  any  and  all damages
        suffered as a result of such violation, including but not limited
        to damages resulting  from a reduction  in or elimination  of the
        corporation's ability  to utilize  its Income  Tax Net  Operating
        Loss Carryover, and attorneys' and accountants' fees incurred  in
        connection with such violation.
                        
                        L.    Severability.      If   any   part  of  the
        Restrictions is judicially determined to be invalid or  otherwise
        unenforceable,  such  invalidity  or  unenforceability  shall not
        affect  the  remainder  of  the  Restrictions,  which  shall   be
        thereafter interpreted  as if  the invalid  or unenforceable part
        were not contained herein,  and, to the maximum  extent possible,
        in  a  manner  consistent  with  preserving  the  ability  of the
        corporation to utilize to the greatest extent possible the Income
        Tax Net Operating Loss Carryover.
                        
                        M.    Effect  on  Stock  Exchange   Transactions.
        Nothing in the  Restrictions shall preclude  the settlement of  a
        transaction entered into through  the facilities of the  New York
        Stock Exchange. The Stock that is the subject of such transaction
        shall continue  to be  subject to  the terms  of the Restrictions
        after such settlement.
                        
                        N.    Definitions:
                            
                              "AIG"  shall  mean  American  International
        Group,  Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation,  and  its  subsidiaries,
        collectively.
                            
                              "Charitable  Beneficiary"  shall  mean   an
        organization described  in Sections  170(b)(1)(A), 170(c)(2)  and
        501(c)(3) of the Code designated in writing by the corporation.
                            
                              "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code
        of 1986, as amended  and as it may  be amended from time  to time
        hereafter.
                            
                              "Control" shall mean the possession, direct
        or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the
        management, policies  or decisions  of a  Person, whether through
        the  ownership   of  voting   securities,  by   contract,  family
        relationship or otherwise.  The terms "controlling,"  "controlled
        by"  and  "under  common  control  with"  shall  have correlative
        meanings. A Person shall be deemed to control or be under  common
        control with a Purported Transferee if the Excess Stock Owned  by
        such Person is treated as Owned by the

<PAGE> 100
        
        Purported Transferee by virtue of the family attribution rules of
        Section 318 of the Code.
                            
                              "5% Shareholder" shall  mean any Person  or
        Public Group who is a "5-percent shareholder" of the  corporation
        within the  meaning of  Section 382,  substituting "4.75 percent"
        for "5 percent" each place it appears therein.
                            
                              "Income Tax  Net Operating  Loss Carryover"
        shall mean the net  operating loss, capital loss,  net unrealized
        built-in loss, general  business credit, alternative  minimum tax
        credit, foreign tax credit and any other carryovers or losses  as
        determined for United States federal income tax purposes that are
        or could become subject to  limitation under Section 382, and  to
        which the corporation is entitled under the Code and Regulations,
        at any time during which the Restrictions are in force.
                            
                              "Investment  Agreement"  shall  mean   that
        Investment   and   Strategic   Alliance   Agreement  between  the
        corporation and AIG, dated as of October 17, 1994, including  the
        Exhibits and Schedules thereto, as it may be amended from time to
        time.
                            
                              "Limit" shall mean  the lesser of  (i) 4.75
        Percent of the Stock, (ii) 4.75 percent of the outstanding Common
        Shares  or  (iii)  4.75  percent  of  the  outstanding  Series  A
        Convertible Preferred Stock.
                              "Option" shall mean any interest that could
        give  rise  to  the  Ownership  of  Stock  and that is an option,
        contract,  warrant,  convertible  instrument,  put,  call,  stock
        subject to a risk of forfeiture, pledge of stock or any  interest
        that is similar  to any of  such interests or  any other interest
        that  would  be  treated,  under  paragraph  (d)(9)  of  Treasury
        Regulation  Section  1.382-4,  in  the  same manner as an option,
        whether or not any of such interests is subject to contingencies.
                              "Own,"  and  all  derivations  of  the word
        "Own," shall mean  any direct or  indirect, actual or  beneficial
        interest, including, except as otherwise provided, a constructive
        ownership  interest  under  the  attribution rules (including the
        option attribution rules) of Section 382. In determining  whether
        a Person Owns an amount of Stock in excess of the Limit,  Options
        Owned by such Person (or  other Persons whose Ownership of  Stock
        is or  would be  attributable under  Section 382  to such Person)
        shall  be  treated  as  exercised  (and  the  Stock that would be
        acquired by such  exercise as outstanding)  and Options Owned  by
        other Persons shall  be treated as  not exercised (and  the Stock
        that would  be acquired  if such  Options Owned  by other Persons
        were exercised shall be treated as not outstanding), in each case
        without  regard  to  whether  such  treatment  would result in an
        ownership  change   within  the   meaning  of   Section  382.  In
        determining whether a Transfer that is an exercise, conversion or
        similar  transaction  with  respect  to  an  Option increases the
        Percentage Ownership of Stock of any Person

<PAGE> 101
        
        or Public Group, such Option shall  be treated as if it were  not
        Owned by such Person immediately prior to such Transfer.
                            
                              "Percent," "Percentage"  or "%"  shall mean
        percent or percentage by value.
                            
                              "Person" shall  mean any  individual (other
        than a Public Group treated  as an individual under Section  382)
        or any "entity"  as that term  is defined in  Regulations Section
        1.382-3(a).
                            
                              "Public  Group"  shall  have  the   meaning
        assigned to such term in the applicable Regulations under Section
        382. Any Transfer  or attempted Transfer  of Stock to  or from an
        individual or entity whose  Stock is included in  determining the
        Percentage  of  Stock  Owned  by  a  Public Group for purposes of
        Section 382 shall be treated as a Transfer or attempted  Transfer
        to such Public Group.
                            
                              "Purported Transferee" shall mean a  Person
        or  Public  Group  who  acquires  Ownership  of Excess Stock in a
        Prohibited  Transfer  or,  except  as  otherwise  provided in the
        Restrictions, any subsequent transferee of such Excess Stock.
                            
                              "Purported Transferor" shall mean a  Person
        who Transfers Excess Stock in a Prohibited Transfer.
                            
                              "Regulations"    shall    mean     Treasury
        Regulations,   including   proposed   or  temporary  regulations,
        promulgated under the Code, as the same may be amended from  time
        to time.  References herein  to specific  provisions of temporary
        Regulations  shall  include  the  analogous  provisions  of final
        Regulations or other successor Regulations.
                            
                              "Restriction Effective Date" shall mean the
        date of the closing of  the purchase of the Series  A Convertible
        Preferred Stock by AIG pursuant to the Investment Agreement.
                            
                              "Restriction Termination  Date" shall  mean
        the earliest to occur of (a) the end of the thirty-eighth  (38th)
        month following the Restriction Effective Date, (b) the first day
        of the first taxable year  following the taxable year (or  years)
        in which  the Income  Tax Net  Operating Loss  Carryover has been
        reduced  to  zero,  or  (c)  the  date  upon  which  the Board of
        Directors has  determined that  there has  been a  change in  law
        (including but not limited to the repeal of Section 382 without a
        successor provision  that places  restrictions on  the Income Tax
        Net Operating Loss Carryover based on changes of ownership of the
        corporation's Stock similar to Section 382) eliminating the  need
        for  the  Restrictions  in  order  to  preserve the corporation's
        ability to utilize the Income Tax Net Operating Loss Carryover.

<PAGE> 102
                            
                              "Restrictions" shall mean the  restrictions
        on  the  Transfer  and  Ownership  of  Stock as set forth in this
        Article V.
                            
                              "Section 382" shall mean Section 382 of the
        Code  and  the   Regulations  promulgated  thereunder,   and  any
        successor statute and regulations.
                              "Stock" shall mean  the Common Shares,  the
        Series A  Convertible Preferred  Stock, and  any interest  in the
        corporation that  would be  treated as  stock under  Section 382,
        without  regard  to  clauses  (ii)(B)  and  (iii)(B) of paragraph
        (f)(18) of  Temporary Treasury  Regulation Section  1.382-2T (but
        only if, in determining the Ownership by any Person of Stock, the
        uniform treatment of such interest  as Stock or as not  Stock, as
        the  case  may  be,  would  increase  such  Person's   Percentage
        Ownership  of  Stock),  and  shall  also  include  any  Stock the
        ownership of which may be acquired by the exercise of an Option.
                            
                              "Transfer"   shall   mean   any  direct  or
        indirect acquisition  or disposition  of stock,  whether by sale,
        exchange,    merger,    consolidation,    transfer,   assignment,
        conveyance,  distribution,  pledge,  inheritance, gift, mortgage,
        the creation of any security interest in, or lien or  encumbrance
        upon, or any other acquisition or disposition of any kind and  in
        any  manner,  whether   voluntary  or  involuntary,   knowing  or
        unknowing, by operation of law or otherwise. Notwithstanding  any
        understandings or  agreements to  which an  Owner of  Stock is  a
        party, any arrangement, the effect of which is to transfer any or
        all  of  the  rights  arising  from  Ownership of Stock, shall be
        treated  as  a  Transfer.  A  Transfer  shall  also include (i) a
        transfer  of  an  interest  in  an  entity  and  a  change in the
        relationship between two or more Persons that results in a change
        in the Ownership of Stock and (ii) the creation, grant, exercise,
        conversion, Transfer or other  disposition of or with  respect to
        an Option, regardless of whether such Option previously had  been
        treated  as  exercised  or  converted  for  any  other   purpose;
        provided, however, that a Transfer shall not include the issuance
        or  disposition  (other  than  a  conversion, exercise or similar
        transaction in which Stock is acquired) of an Option described in
        paragraph  (d)(9)  of  Treasury  Regulation  Section 1.382-4, and
        whether an  Option is  so described  shall be  determined by  the
        Board of Directors in its sole and absolute discretion.
                              "Transfer   Agent"    means   the    Person
        responsible for maintaining  the books and  records in which  are
        recorded the  ownership and  transfer of  shares of  Stock or any
        Person engaged by the  corporation for the purpose  of fulfilling
        the  duties  required  to  be  fulfilled  by  the  Transfer Agent
        hereunder.
                            
                              "Trustee" means  the trustee  of the  trust
        appointed by the corporation, provided that the Trustee shall  be
        a Person unaffiliated with  the corporation, any 5%  Shareholder,
        and any Person purchasing or  disposing of Stock in a  Prohibited
        Transfer.
                            
<PAGE> 103

                        5.    The  foregoing  amendments  to  the  Articles   of
        Incorporation of  the corporation  have been  approved by  the Board  of
        Directors.
                        
                        6.    The  foregoing  amendments  to  the  Articles   of
        Incorporation of the corporation have been duly approved by the required
        vote of shareholders in accordance with Section 902 of the  Corporations
        Code.  The corporation has only one class of shares outstanding, to wit,
        Common Stock.  The total number of outstanding shares of Common Stock of
        the corporation is 51,472,471. The vote of a majority of the outstanding
        shares of Common Stock was required to approve the foregoing amendments.
        The number of shares of Common  Stock voting in favor of the  amendments
        equaled or exceeded the vote required.
                        
                                   
                              NEIL H. ASHLEY
                              ------------------------
                              
                                   
                              JOHN R. BOLLINGTON
                              ------------------------
                              
                              
                        
                        Each  of  the  undersigned  declares  under  penalty  of
        perjury under the laws of the  State of California that the matters  set
        forth  in  the  foregoing  Certificate  are  true and correct of his own
        knowledge and that this declaration  was executed on December 15,  1994,
        at Woodland Hills, California.
                        
                                   
                              NEIL H. ASHLEY
                              ------------------------
                              
                                   
                              JOHN R. BOLLINGTON
                              ------------------------

<PAGE> 104

                        CERTIFIED COPY OF THE AMENDED AND
                   RESTATED BYLAWS OF 20TH CENTURY INDUSTRIES,
                             A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
             I, JOHN R. BOLLINGTION, hereby certify:
             
             
             1.   That  I am duly elected  and acting Secretary of  20th
                  Century Industries.
             
             2.      That  the  attached  Amended  and  Restated Bylaws,
                  approved by  the Board  of Directors  on December  15,
                  1994, are a true and complete copy.
             
             
             
             
             WITNESS my hand and corporate seal this 3rd day of January,
             1995 at Woodland Hills, California.
             
             
                                        20TH CENTURY INDUSTRIES
                                        
                                        
                                        John R. Bollington
                                        ---------------------------
                                        Secretary
                                        
          
<PAGE> 105
          
          
          
                                                                        
                                                                 Annex B
                                                                 -------
                                         
                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                                         
                                      BYLAWS
                                         
                                        OF
                                         
                             20th CENTURY INDUSTRIES,
                                         
                             A California Corporation
                                         
                                         
                               ARTICLE I.  OFFICES
                               -------------------
                    
                    Section 1.01   Principal Executive Office.  The
                                   --------------------------
          principal executive office of the corporation is hereby  fixed
          at 6301 Owensmouth  Avenue, Woodland Hills,  California 91367.
          The Board  of Directors  (hereinafter called  the "Board")  is
          hereby  granted  full  power  and  authority  to  change  said
          principal office from one location to another.
                    
                    Section 1.02   Other Offices.  The corporation may
                                   -------------
          also have an office or offices at such other place or  places,
          either within or without the State of California, as the Board
          may from  time to  time determine  or as  the business  of the
          corporation may require.
                                         
                            ARTICLE II.  SHAREHOLDERS
                            -------------------------
                    
                    Section 2.01   Annual Meetings.  The Annual Meeting
                                   ---------------
          of  shareholders  of  the  corporation,  for  the  purpose  of
          electing  directors  and  for  the  transaction  of such other
          proper business as may come before such meeting, shall be held
          on the fourth Tuesday  of May of each  year at 10:00 a.m.,  or
          such other date or time as may be fixed by the Board.
          
<PAGE> 106
          
                    
                    Section 2.02   Special Meetings.  Special Meetings
                                  ----------------
          of shareholders may be called  at any time for any  purpose or
          purposes permitted under California  law by the Board,  by the
          Chairman of the Board, by  the President or by holders  of the
          common stock of the corporation entitled to cast not less than
          ten percent  (10%) of  the votes  entitled to  be cast at such
          meeting.
                    
                    Section 2.03   Place of Meetings.  All meetings of
                                  -----------------
          shareholders shall be held  either at the principal  executive
          office of the corporation or  at any other location within  or
          without the State of  California, as shall be  determined from
          time to tine by the Board of Directors or as specified in  the
          respective notices or waivers of notice thereof.
                    
                    Section 2.04 Notice of Meetings.
                                 ------------------
                    (a)  Written  notice  of  each  Annual  or   Special
          Meeting of shareholders shall be given not less than ten  (10)
          nor more than sixty (60)  days before the date of  the meeting
          to each  shareholder entitled  to vote  thereat.   Such notice
          shall state the place, date, and hour of the meeting, and  (i)
          in the case  of a Special  Meeting, the general  nature of the
          business to be transacted; or  (ii) in the case of  the Annual
          Meeting, those  matters which  the Board,  at the  time of the
          mailing of the  notice, intends to  present for action  by the
          shareholders, but any  proper matter may  be presented at  the
          meeting for such action.   The notice of any meeting  at which
          directors are to be
                    
          
<PAGE> 107
          
          elected shall include the  names of the nominees  intended, at
          the time  of the  notice, to  be presented  by management  for
          election.
                    
                    (b)  Notice of  a meeting  of shareholders  shall be
          given either personally or by mail addressed, postage prepaid,
          to  the  shareholder  at  the  address  of  such   shareholder
          appearing on the authorized  record books of the  corporation,
          or if no such address  appears or is given, by  publication at
          least once in a newspaper  of general circulation in the  City
          of  Los  Angeles,  California.    Notice  of  any  meeting  of
          shareholders  shall  not  be  required  to  be  given  to  any
          shareholder who shall have waived such notice; and such notice
          shall be  deemed to  be waived  by any  shareholder who  shall
          attend  such  meeting  in   person  or  by  proxy,   except  a
          shareholder  who  shall  attend  such  meeting for the express
          purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to  the
          transaction of any  business on the  grounds that the  meeting
          has not  been lawfully  called or  convened.   An affidavit of
          mailing  of  any  notice  or  report  in  accordance  with the
          provisions of the California General Corporation Law, executed
          by the Secretary, Assistant  Secretary or any transfer  agent,
          shall  be  prima  facie  evidence  of  the giving of notice or
          report.
                    
                    Section 2.05   Quorum and Vote Required.
                                   ------------------------
                    
                    (a)  At  any  meeting  of  shareholders,  holders of
          record  of  shares  of  stock  having  a majority of the votes
          entitled  to  be  cast  thereat,  represented  in person or by
          proxy,  shall  constitute  a  quorum  for  the  transaction of
          business.  The  affirmative vote of  the holders of  shares of
          stock having a majority of the votes
          
<PAGE> 108
          
          so constituting a quorum shall be considered to be the act  of
          the  shareholders,  unless  the  vote  of  a greater number or
          voting  by  classes  is  required  by  the  California General
          Corporation Law  or by  the Articles  of Incorporation  of the
          corporation.
                    
                    (b)  The shareholders  present at  a duly  called or
          held meeting at which a  quorum is present may continue  to do
          business  until  adjournment,  notwithstanding  withdrawal  of
          enough shareholders to leave less than a quorum, if any action
          taken  (other  than  adjournment)  is  approved  by holders of
          shares of stock  having at least  a majority of  the number of
          votes required to constitute a quorum.
                    Section 2.06   Adjourned Meeting and Notice Thereof.
                                   ------------------------------------
                    
                    (a)  Any meeting of  shareholders, whether or  not a
          quorum is present, may be adjourned from time to time.  In the
          absence of a quorum [except as provided in Section 2.05(b)  of
          this Article],  no other  business may  be transacted  at such
          adjourned meeting.
                    
                    (b)  It shall not be necessary to give any notice of
          the time and place of an adjourned meeting or of the  business
          to be transacted  thereat, other than  by announcement at  the
          meeting at which such adjournment is taken; provided, however,
          that when a meeting of shareholders is adjourned for more than
          fifteen (15) days or, if  after adjournment a new record  date
          is fixed for  the adjourned meeting,  notice of the  adjourned
          meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting.
          
<PAGE> 109
                    
                    Section 2.07   Voting.
                                   ------
                    
                    (a)  The  shareholders  entitled  to  notice  of any
          meeting or to vote at  any such meeting shall be  only persons
          in  whose  name  shares  stand  on  the  share  records of the
          corporation on the record  date determined in accordance  with
          Section 2.08 of this Article.   Persons holding shares of  the
          corporation in a fiduciary capacity shall be entitled to  vote
          such  shares.    Persons  whose  shares  are  pledged shall be
          entitled to vote the pledged shares, unless in the transfer by
          the pledgor,  the pledgor  shall have  expressly empowered the
          pledgee to vote  thereon, in which  case only the  pledgee, or
          his proxy, may represent such shares and vote thereon.  Shares
          having voting power standing of record in the names of two  or
          more persons, whether  fiduciaries, members of  a partnership,
          joint tenants, tenants in  common, tenants by the  entirety or
          otherwise, or with respect to  which two or more persons  have
          the same fiduciary relationship, shall be voted by any one  of
          the registered holders, either in person or by proxy.
                    
                    (b)  The vote at any meeting of shareholders on  any
          question need not be by  written ballot unless so directed  by
          the Chairman of the meeting or so requested by any shareholder
          at such  meeting.   On a  vote by  written ballot, each ballot
          shall be  signed by  the shareholder  voting, or  by his  duly
          appointed proxy if there be such proxy, and it shall state the
          number of shares voted.
                    
                    Section 2.08   Record Date.
                                   -----------
                    
          
<PAGE> 110
                    
                    (a)  The Board may fix in advance a record date  for
          the determination  of shareholders  entitled to  notice of any
          meeting  or  to  vote  or  entitled  to receive payment of any
          dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights,  or
          entitled  to  rights,  or  entitled  to exercise any rights in
          respect to any other lawful action.  The record date so  fixed
          shall be not more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10)  days
          prior to  the date  of the  meeting, nor  more than sixty (60)
          days prior to any of the other aforementioned actions.  When a
          record date is so fixed,  only shareholders of record on  that
          date are entitled to notice of  and to vote at the meeting  or
          to receive the dividend, distribution, or allotment of rights,
          or  to  exercise   of  the  rights,   as  the  case   may  be,
          notwithstanding any  transfer of  shares on  the books  of the
          corporation  after  the  record  date.    A  determination  of
          shareholders of record entitled to  notice of or to vote  at a
          meeting of shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of  the
          meeting  unless  the  Board  fixes  a  new record date for the
          adjourned meeting.  The Board  shall fix a new record  date if
          the meeting is adjourned for more than fifteen (15) days  from
          the date set for the original meeting.
                    
                    (b)  If no record  date is fixed  by the Board,  the
          record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice of
          or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall be the close  of
          business on the  fifth (5th) business  day next preceding  the
          day on which notice is given  or, if notice is waived, at  the
          close  of  business  on  the  fifth  (5th)  business  day next
          preceding the day on which the meeting is held.  If no  record
          date is fixed by the
                    
          
<PAGE> 111
          
          Board, the  record date  for determining  shareholders for any
          other purpose shall be at  the close of business on  the fifth
          (5th) business day next preceding  the day on which the  Board
          adopts the resolution relating thereto, or the sixtieth (60th)
          day  prior  to  the  date  of  such other action, whichever is
          later.
                    
                    Section 2.09   Consent of Absentees.  The
                                  --------------------
          transactions of  any meeting  of shareholders,  however called
          and noticed, and wherever held, are as valid as though had  at
          a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum
          is present either in person or by proxy, and if, either before
          or after the  meeting, each of  the persons entitled  to vote,
          not present in person or  by proxy, signs a written  waiver of
          notice  or  a  consent  to  the  holding  of the meeting or an
          approval of the minutes thereof.  All such waivers,  consents,
          or approvals shall be filed  with the corporate records or  be
          made a part of the minutes of such meeting.
                    
                    Section 2.10   Action Without Meeting.  Any action
                                   ----------------------
          which, under any provision of law, may be taken at any  Annual
          or Special  Meeting of  shareholders, may  be taken  without a
          meeting  and  without  prior  notice  thereof  if a consent in
          writing, setting forth the  actions so taken, shall  be signed
          by shareholders  having not  less than  the minimum  number of
          votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action
          at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were
          present and voted.  Unless  a record date for voting  purposes
          be fixed  as provided  in Section  2.08 of  this Article,  the
          record date for determining
          
<PAGE> 112
          
          shareholders entitled to give consent pursuant to this Section
          2.10, when no prior action by the Board has been taken,  shall
          be the day on which the first written consent is given.
                    
                    Section 2.11   Proxies.  Every person entitled to
                                   -------
          vote shares has the right to do so either in person or by  one
          or more persons authorized by a written proxy executed by such
          shareholder and  filed with  the Secretary  of the corporation
          before or at the meeting; provided, however, that no proxy may
          be voted or acted upon after eleven (11) months from the  date
          set forth  on the  said proxy  unless the  proxy shall provide
          therein for  a longer  period.   A proxy  may be  revoked by a
          writing delivered to the Secretary of the corporation  stating
          that the proxy is revoked,  or by a subsequent proxy  executed
          by the person executing the  prior proxy and presented to  the
          meeting, or, as to any  meeting, by actual attendance at  such
          meeting in person and voting in person by the person executing
          the proxy.
                    
                    Section 2.12   Conduct of Meetings.  The Chairman of
                                   -------------------
          the corporation or  his designee (which  designee shall be  an
          executive officer of  the corporation), or  in the absence  of
          the Chairman and  any such designee  the Vice Chairman,  shall
          preside  as  Chairman  at  all  meetings of shareholders.  The
          Chairman shall conduct each such meeting in a businesslike and
          fair  manner,  but  shall  not  be  obligated  to  follow  any
          technical,  formal  or  parliamentary  rules  or principles of
          procedure.  The Chairman's ruling on procedural matters  shall
          be conclusive and binding  on all shareholders; unless  at the
          time of such ruling a request for
          
<PAGE> 113
          
          a vote is made  by a shareholder entitled  to vote and who  is
          represented in  person or  by proxy  at the  meeting, in which
          case the decision  of shareholders holding  a majority of  the
          votes represented at the meeting and entitled to be cast shall
          be  conclusive  and  binding  on  all  Shareholders.   Without
          limiting the generality of  the foregoing, the Chairman  shall
          have all  of the  powers usually  vested in  the chairman of a
          meeting of Shareholders.
                    
                    Section 2.13   Inspectors of Election.  In advance
                                   ----------------------
          of  any  meeting  of  shareholders,  the  Board  may   appoint
          inspectors  of  election  to  act  at  the  meeting  and   any
          adjournment thereof.  If  inspectors are not appointed,  or if
          any persons so appointed fail to appear or refuse to act,  the
          Chairman  of  such  meeting  may  appoint  inspectors  at  the
          meeting.   The number  of inspectors  shall be  either one  or
          three.  Each inspector  so appointed shall first  subscribe an
          oath to faithfully execute the duties of an inspector at  such
          meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best  of
          his ability.  Such inspectors shall have the duties prescribed
          by Section  707(b) of  the California  General Corporation Law
          and  they  (i)  shall  decide  upon the qualification of those
          entitled  to  vote,  (ii)  shall  report  the number of shares
          represented  at  the  meeting  and  entitled  to  vote  on the
          question  presented,  (iii)  shall  conduct  the balloting and
          accept the votes, and (iv) when the voting is completed, shall
          ascertain and report the number of votes respectively for  and
          against each  question presented.   Reports  of the inspectors
          shall be in  writing and subscribed  and delivered by  them to
          the Secretary of
          
<PAGE> 114
          
          the corporation.  If  there are three inspectors  of election,
          the decision, act, or  certificate of a majority  is effective
          in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all.
                                         
                             ARTICLE III.  DIRECTORS
                             -----------------------
                    
                    Section 3.01   Powers.  Subject to any limitation of
                                  ------
          the Articles of Incorporation, of these Bylaws, and of actions
          required  by  law  to  be  approved  by  the shareholders, the
          business and affairs of  the corporation shall be  managed and
          all corporate powers shall be  vested in, and exercised by  or
          under the direction of the Board of Directors.  The Board may,
          as permitted by law, delegate the management of the day-to-day
          operation of the business  of the corporation to  a management
          company  or  other  persons  or  officers  of the corporation,
          provided  that  the  business  and  affairs of the corporation
          shall be managed and  all corporate powers shall  be exercised
          under the ultimate direction and policies of the Board.
                    
                    Section 3.02   Number of Directors.  The authorized
                                   -------------------
          number of directors of the corporation shall be twelve.
                    
                    Section 3.03   Election and Term of Office.
                                   ---------------------------
                    (a)  Directors  will  be   elected  in  the   manner
          provided herein at each Annual Meeting of shareholders, but if
          such  Annual  Meeting  of  shareholders  is  not  held  or the
          directors  are  not  elected  thereat,  the  directors  may be
          elected at any Special  Meeting of shareholders held  for that
          purpose.  Each director, including a director elected to  fill
          a vacancy, shall hold office until the next Annual Meeting  of
          shareholders and until a
                    
          
<PAGE> 115
          
          successor has been duly elected and qualified, or until he  or
          she shall resign or shall have been removed.
                    
                    (b)  At  each  election,  the  persons receiving the
          greatest number of votes from  the class of stock entitled  to
          vote  therefor,  up  to  the  number  of  directors then to be
          elected by such class, shall be the persons then elected.  The
          election  of  directors  shall  be  subject  to any provisions
          contained in the  Articles of Incorporation  relating thereto,
          and to any provisions of California law for cumulative  voting
          in the election of directors.  Nominations of persons to serve
          as  directors  shall  be  submitted  to  the  Secretary of the
          corporation at the meeting of shareholders at which  directors
          will be elected.
                    
                    Section 3.04   Resignation.  Any director may resign
                                  -----------
          at any time by  giving written notice to  the Board or to  the
          Chairman of the Board, the  President or the Secretary of  the
          corporation.  Any  such resignation shall  take effect at  the
          times specified therein or, if  the time be not specified,  it
          shall take  effect immediately  upon its  receipt; and, unless
          otherwise   specified   therein,   the   acceptance   of  such
          resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.  If a
          resignation is to be effective  at a future time, a  successor
          may be  elected to  take office  when the  resignation becomes
          effective.
                    
                    Section 3.05   Vacancies.
                                   ---------
          (a)  A vacancy or  vacancies in the  Board shall be  deemed to
          exist in  case of  the death,  resignation or  removal of  any
          director, or if the authorized number of directors be
          
<PAGE> 116
          
          increased, or if the holders of any class of stock fail at any
          Annual  or  Special  Meeting  of  shareholders  at  which  any
          directors are elected to  elect the full authorized  number of
          directors to be voted for by such class at said meeting.
                    
                    (b)  The Board  may declare  vacant the  office of a
          director who has been declared of unsound mind by an order  of
          court of duly  authorized jurisdiction or  a director who  has
          been convicted of a felony.  Except to the extent it would  be
          contrary to the Articles of Incorporation or law, any director
          may be  removed at  any time,  with or  without cause,  by the
          affirmative vote of  the holders of  a majority of  the voting
          power of the  class of stock  entitled to elect  such director
          given at  a Special  Meeting of  shareholders called  for that
          purpose; provided,  however, that  no director  may be removed
          (unless the  entire Board  of Directors  is removed)  when the
          votes from the class of stock entitled to elect such  director
          cast against  such removal,  or not  consenting in  writing to
          such removal, would  be sufficient to  elect such director  if
          voted cumulatively at an election at which the total number of
          votes entitled to be cast by such class were cast (or if  such
          action is  taken by  written consent,  all shares  entitled to
          vote were voted) and the entire number of directors authorized
          to be elected by such class at the time of the directors' most
          recent election were then being elected.
                    
                    (c)  No  reduction  of  the  authorized  number   of
          directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior
          to the expiration of the director's term of office.
          
<PAGE> 117
                    
                    (d)  Except as otherwise provided in the Articles of
          Incorporation, any  vacancy on  the Board,  whether because of
          death,  resignation,  disqualification,  an  increase  in  the
          number of directors, or any other cause, may be filled by  the
          vote of the majority of the remaining directors, although less
          than a quorum; provided, however, that a vacancy occurring  by
          reason of removal  of a director  by the vote  of shareholders
          entitled to  remove such  director may  be filled  only by the
          vote of  such shareholders.   The  shareholders of  a class of
          stock entitled to elect a director may elect such director  at
          any time to  fill a vacancy  not filled by  the directors, and
          any  such  election  by  such  shareholders  shall require the
          consent  of  a  majority  of  the  votes  of such shareholders
          entitled  to  be  cast  therefor;  provided,  however, that no
          director shall be elected by written consent to fill a vacancy
          created by removal  of any director,  except by the  unanimous
          written  consent  of  all  shareholders  of the class of stock
          entitled to  vote for  the election  of such  director.   Each
          director chosen to fill a vacancy shall hold office until  the
          next Annual  Meeting of  shareholders and  until his successor
          shall have been elected and qualified or until he shall resign
          or shall have been removed.
                    
                    Section 3.06   Place of Meetings.  All meetings of
                                   -----------------
          the  Board  shall  beheld  either  at  the principal executive
          office of the corporation or  at any other location within  or
          without the State of  California as shall be  determined, from
          time to time,  by the Board  of Directors, or  as specified in
          the respective notices or waivers of notice thereof.
          
<PAGE> 118
                    
                    Section 3.07   First Meeting.  Immediately following
                                  -------------
          each Annual Meeting of  shareholders the Board shall  meet for
          the purpose of  organization, selection of  a Chairman of  the
          Board, election of officers, and the transaction of any  other
          proper business.   Except as provided  by law, notice  of such
          First Meeting is hereby dispensed with.
                    
                    Section 3.08   Regular Meetings.  The Board of
                                   ----------------
          Directors shall hold Regular  Meetings on the last  Tuesday of
          February and  August, and  in November  on the  Tuesday of the
          week  preceding  that  in  which  Thanksgiving falls, at 10:00
          a.m., but  the Executive  Committee of  the Board,  if any  is
          created,  may  meet  more  often  if  the  Committee  deems it
          necessary or appropriate.   Except as provided by  law, notice
          of  Regular  Meetings  of  the  Board  of  Directors is hereby
          dispensed with.
                    
                    Section 3.09   Special Meetings.
                                   ----------------
                    (a)  Special Meetings of the Board may be called  at
          any time by the Chairman  of the Board, the President,  or the
          Secretary or by any two directors.
                    
                    (b)  Special  Meetings  of  the  Board shall be held
          upon at least  four days' written  notice or 48  hours' notice
          given personally  or by  telephone, telegraph,  telex or other
          similar  means  of  communication.    Any such notice shall be
          addressed or  delivered to  each director  at such  director's
          address as it is shown upon the records of the corporation  or
          as may have been given to the corporation by the director  for
          purposes of notice.
          
<PAGE> 119
                    
                    
                    Section 3.10   Quorum.  The presence of a majority
                                   ------
          of the  authorized number  of directors  shall be  required to
          constitute  a  quorum  of  the  Board  of  Directors  for  the
          transaction of business at any meeting of the Board, except to
          adjourn as hereinafter provided.   Every act or  decision done
          or made by  a majority of  the directors present  at a meeting
          duly held at  which a quorum  is present shall  be regarded as
          the act of the Board, unless a greater number of directors  is
          required for any specific action  by law, or by these  Bylaws,
          or by  the Articles  of Incorporation  of the  corporation.  A
          meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to
          transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors,
          and every act or decision  approved by at least a  majority of
          the  number  of  directors   required,  as  noted  above,   to
          constitute a quorum for such meeting shall be regarded as  the
          act  or  decision  of  the  Board,  unless a greater number of
          directors  is  required  by  law,  by  the  Bylaws,  or by the
          Articles of Incorporation of  the corporation.  The  directors
          shall act only as a Board, and the individual directors  shall
          have  no  power  as  such,  unless  such  power  be  expressly
          conferred upon a director by a duly adopted resolution of  the
          Board.
                    
                    Section 3.11   Participation in Meetings by
                                  ----------------------------
          Conference Telephone.  Members of the Board may participate in
          --------------------
          a meeting of the Board through use of conference telephone  or
          similar  communications  equipment,  but  only  so long as all
          members  participating  in  such  meeting  can hear and freely
          communicate with one another.
          
<PAGE> 120
                    
                    Section 3.12   Waiver of Notice.  The transactions
                                   ----------------
          of  any  meeting of the  Board,  however called and noticed or
          wherever held, shall  be as valid  as though had  at a meeting
          duly held after regular call and notice if a quorum be present
          at such meeting, and if,  either before or after the  meeting,
          each of the  directors not present  signs a written  waiver of
          notice, and a  consent to the  holding of such  meeting, or an
          approval  of  the  minutes  thereof.    All  such  waivers and
          consents  or  approvals  shall  be  filed  with  the corporate
          records or be made a part of the minutes of the meeting.
                    
                    Section 3.13   Adjournment.  A majority of the
                                   -----------
          directors  present,whether  or  not  a  quorum is present, may
          adjourn any meeting  of directors to  another time and  place.
          If the  meeting is  adjourned for  more than  twenty-four (24)
          hours, notice  of such  adjournment to  another time  or place
          shall be  given prior  to the  time of  the reconvening of the
          adjourned meeting to the directors who were not present at the
          meeting at the time of the adjournment.
                    
                    Section 3.14   Fees and Compensation.  Directors and
                                   ---------------------
          members of committees may  receive such compensation, if  any,
          for their services and such reimbursement for expenses, as may
          be fixed or determined by the Board.
                    
                    Section 3.15   Action Without Meeting.  Any action
                                   ----------------------
          required or permitted  to be taken  by the Board  may be taken
          without a  meeting of  the Board  if all  members of the Board
          shall individually or collectively consent in writing to  such
          action.
          
<PAGE> 121
          
          Such unanimous written consent or consents shall have the same
          effect as a  unanimous vote of  the Board, and  shall be filed
          with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board.
                    
                    Section 3.16   Committees.
                                   ----------
                    (a)  The  Board  may,  by  resolution  passed  by  a
          majority of the authorized number of directors, designate  one
          or more committees of the Board, each committee to consist  of
          one or more  of the directors  of the corporation.   Among the
          committees  which  may  be  appointed  may  be  an   Executive
          Committee which shall have and may exercise all the powers and
          authority of the Board in the management of the affairs of the
          corporation between Regular or Special meetings of the Board.
                    
                    (b)  All committees shall have and may exercise  the
          powers and  authority of  the Board  in the  management of the
          business and affairs of the corporation to the extent provided
          in the resolution of  the Board creating said  committees; but
          no committee shall have any power or authority in reference to
          (i) the  approval of  any action  which requires shareholders'
          approval or approval of the outstanding shares; (ii)  amending
          the Articles of Incorporation; (iii) adopting an agreement  of
          merger or consolidation; (iv) recommending to the shareholders
          the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the
          corporation's properties and  assets; (v) recommending  to the
          shareholders a dissolution of the corporation or a  revocation
          of the dissolution; (vi)  amending or repealing the  Bylaws of
          the corporation; (vii) the  filling of vacancies on  the Board
          or on
          
<PAGE> 122
          
          any committee; (viii) the fixing of compensation of  directors
          for serving on the Board or on any committee; (ix) amending or
          repealing any  resolution of  the Board  which by  its express
          terms is  not so  amendable or  repealable by  the Board;  (x)
          declaring  a  distribution  to  shareholders;  and (x) issuing
          shares.
                    
                    (c)  The Board shall have the power to prescribe the
          manner in which the proceedings of any such committee shall be
          conducted.  Unless the Board or such committee shall otherwise
          provide, the regular or special meetings and other actions  of
          any such committee shall be governed by the provisions in this
          Article  applicable  to  meetings  and  actions  of the Board.
          Written  Minutes  shall  be  kept  of  each  meeting  of  each
          committee of the Board.
                    
                    Section 3.17   Officers of the Board.  The Chairman
                                   ---------------------
          of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders
          (or shall designate an executive officer of the corporation to
          so preside, as provided in  Section 2.12 of these Bylaws)  and
          at all meetings  of the Board.   The Board  also shall have  a
          Vice-Chairman of the  Board who shall  preside at meetings  of
          shareholders (in the absence or disability of the Chairman and
          in the  absence of  a designee  of the  Chairman to preside as
          provided in  Section 2.12  of these  Bylaws) and  the Board of
          Directors (in the absence or disability of the Chairman of the
          Board).  The Chairman and Vice-Chairman shall have such  other
          powers and duties as are specifically designated by the Board.
          The  Board  may  appoint  individuals  to  serve as a Chairman
          Emeritus or Director Emeritus.
          
<PAGE> 123
          
          A Chairman Emeritus or Director Emeritus shall have no  duties
          or  responsibilities,  and  shall  not  be entitled to vote in
          their capacity  as Chairman  Emeritus or  Director Emeritus in
          connection with any meeting or proceeding of the Board and may
          be  appointed  or  removed  at  the  pleasure of the Board.  A
          Chairman Emeritus or Director Emeritus shall not be deemed  to
          be a member of the Board for any purpose whatsoever, solely by
          reason of such designation.
                                         
                              ARTICLE IV.  OFFICERS
                              ---------------------
                    
                    Section 4.01   Officers.  The officers of the
                                   --------
          corporation shall be a Chairman of the Board, a  Vice-Chairman
          of  the  Board,  a  Chief  Executive  Officer,  a President, a
          Secretary, and a Chief Financial Officer.  The Corporation may
          also have at the discretion of the Board such other  officers,
          each  to  hold  office  for  a  period,  and have authority to
          perform  such  duties  as  the  Board  may  from  time to time
          determine.
                    
                    Section 4.02.  Chairman of the Board.  The Chairman
                                   ---------------------
          of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders
          (or shall designate an executive officer of the corporation to
          so preside, as provided in  Section 2.12 of these Bylaws)  and
          at all meetings of the Board of Directors.
                    
                    Section 4.03.  Vice-Chairman of the Board.  The
                                   --------------------------
          Vice-Chairman of  the Board  shall perform  the duties  of the
          Chairman, during the Chairman's absence or disability.
                    
                    Section 4.04   Chief Executive Officer.  The Chief
                                   -----------------------
          Executive  Officer  shall  be  the  General  Manager  of   the
          corporation
          
<PAGE> 124
          
          and shall have, subject to  the control of the Board,  general
          supervision and direction of  the business and affairs  of the
          corporation.
                    
                    Section 4.05   President.  The President shall  have
          the general powers
                                   ---------
          and duties of management as are described by the Board.
                    
                    Section 4.06.  Secretary.  The Secretary shall be
                                   ---------
          responsible for  the maintenance  of the  corporate records of
          the Company,  such as  the Articles  of Incorporation, Bylaws,
          minutes  and  list  of  shareholders.   The Secretary shall be
          responsible for  the maintenance  of the  list of shareholders
          which may  be delegated  to a  transfer agent.   The Secretary
          shall give  or cause  to be  given notice  of all  meetings of
          shareholders and of the Board and any committees of the  Board
          required by the Bylaws or by  law to be given.  The  Secretary
          shall have other powers and duties as may be described by  the
          Board.
                    
                    Section 4.07.  Chief Financial Officer.  The Chief
                                  -----------------------
          Financial Officer of the  corporation shall maintain or  cause
          to  be  maintained  adequate  and  correct  accounts  of   the
          properties,  and  financial  and  business transactions of the
          Corporation,  and  shall  send  or  cause  to  be  sent to the
          shareholders of the Corporation such financial statements  and
          reports as are by law and these Bylaws required to be sent  to
          them.
                    
                    Section 4.08   Appointment.  The Chairman of the
                                   -----------
          Board, the Vice-Chairman of the Board, and the Chief Executive
          Officer,
          
<PAGE> 125
          
          the President and Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial
          Officer  and  the  Secretary  shall  be  elected by the Board.
          Other officers may  be elected or  appointed and their  duties
          prescribed by the  Board or the  Chief Executive Officer.   If
          such appointment is by  the Chief Executive Officer,  it shall
          terminate at the  next meeting of  the Board unless  the Board
          affirms the appointment.
                    
                    Section 4.09.  Removal and Resignation.
                                   -----------------------
                    (a)  All  officers  shall  serve  as  officers   and
          employees of the corporation at the pleasure of the Board  and
          may  be  removed  from  office,  and  their  employment may be
          terminated with or without cause, and with or without notice:
                         (i)  by the Board, or
                    
                         (ii) by the Chief  Executive Officer, prior  to
                    the affirmation of the officer's appointment by  the
                    Board if  such officer  was appointed  by the  Chief
                    Executive Officer, or
                    
                         (iii)     by the Chief Executive Officer,  with
                    the concurrence or ratification of the Board, or the
                    Executive Committee of the Board.
                    
                         No officer  of the  corporation shall  have any
          employment status  other than  that of  an "at  will" employee
          whose employment can be terminated at any time pursuant to the
          procedures set forth in this  Section 4.09, unless there is  a
          written agreement altering this "at will" employment status,
          
<PAGE> 126
          
          approved by a resolution of the board before it is binding and
          effective.
                    
                    (b)  Any  officer  may  resign  at  any time without
          prejudice to the rights of the corporation under any  contract
          to which the corporation is  a party by giving written  notice
          to the  Board, or  to the  Chief Executive  Officer or  to the
          Secretary of the Corporation.  Any such resignation shall take
          effect at the  date of the  receipt of such  notice or at  any
          later time  specified therein;  and unless  otherwise provided
          therein,  the  acceptance  of  such  resignation  shall not be
          necessary to make it effective.
                    
                    Section 4.10.  Vacancies.  A vacancy of any office
                                   ---------
          because of  death, resignation,  removal, disqualification  or
          any other cause  shall be filled  in the manner  prescribed by
          these Bylaws for the regular appointment to such office.
                    
                    Section 4.11   Retirement of Officers.  Provided
                                   ----------------------
          that the exemption conditions set forth in applicable  Federal
          and California  statutes are  satisfied (e.g.  29 USC  Section
          631(c); 29 CFR Sections  1625.12 and 1627.17; Cal.  Govt. Code
          Section 12942(c) and  FEHC Regulation Subsection  7296(c)(2)),
          each officer elected  or required to  be elected by  the Board
          shall retire as  of the last  day of the  month in which  such
          officer's  65th  birthday  occurs;  however,  such officer may
          continue to be  employed for such  additional period of  time,
          and under  such conditions  as are  specifically authorized by
          resolution of the Board of Directors.
          
<PAGE> 127
                                         
                          ARTICLE V.  CONTRACTS, CHECKS,
                          ------------------------------
                           DRAFTS, BANK ACCOUNTS, ETC.
                           ---------------------------
                                         
                Section 5.01   Execution of Contracts.  Except as
                                   ----------------------
          these Bylaws  may otherwise  provide, the  Board may,  by duly
          adopted  resolution,  authorize  any  officer  or agent of the
          corporation  to  enter  into  any  contract  or  execute   any
          instrument in the name and  on behalf of the corporation,  and
          such  authority  may  be  general  or  confined  to   specific
          instances; and unless so authorized  by the Board or by  these
          Bylaws, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power  or
          authority  to  bind  the   corporation  by  any  contract   or
          engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable  for
          any purpose or in any amount.
                    
                    Section 5.02   Checks, Drafts, Etc.  All checks,
                                   --------------------
          drafts or other  orders for payment  of money, notes  or other
          evidence of indebtedness  issued in the  name of or  which are
          payable to the corporation, shall be signed by or endorsed  by
          such person  or persons  and in  such manner  as, from time to
          time, shall be  determined by resolution  of the Board.   Each
          such person  shall give  such bond,  if any,  as the Board may
          require.
                    
                    Section 5.03   Deposit.  All funds of the
                                   -------
          corporation  not  otherwise  employed  shall be deposited from
          time to time to the  credit of the corporation in  such banks,
          trust companies or other depositories as the Board may select,
          or  as  may  be  selected  by  any  Board  committee, officer,
          assistant, agent or attorney  of the corporation to  whom such
          power shall have been delegated by the Board.  For the purpose
          of deposit and for the purpose of
          
<PAGE> 128
          
          collection for the account of the corporation, the  President,
          Secretary, any Vice-President or  the Treasurer (or any  other
          officer, assistant, agent or  attorney of the corporation  who
          shall  from  time  to  time  be  determined  by the Board) may
          endorse, assign  and deliver  checks, drafts  and other orders
          for the payment of money which are payable to the order of the
          corporation.
                    
                    Section 5.04   General and Special Bank Accounts.
                                   ---------------------------------
          The Board  may from  time to  time authorize  the opening  and
          keeping of general and special bank accounts with such  banks,
          trust companies or other depositories as the Board may  select
          or  as  may  be  selected  by  any  Board  committee, officer,
          assistant, agent or attorney  of the corporation to  whom such
          power shall have been delegated  by the Board.  The  Board may
          make such special rules  and regulations with respect  to such
          bank accounts, not inconsistent  with the provisions of  these
          Bylaws, as it may deem expedient.
                                         
                      ARTICLE VI.  SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER
                      --------------------------------------
                                         
                     Section 6.01   Certificates for Shares.
                                   -----------------------
                    (a)  Every owner of shares of the corporation  shall
          be entitled to  have a certificate  or certificates, to  be in
          such form as the Board shall prescribe, certifying the  number
          and class  of shares  of the  corporation owned  by him.   The
          certificates representing such shares shall be numbered in the
          order in which  they shall be  issued, and shall  be signed in
          the name of the corporation  by the Chairman of the  Board, or
          by the
          
<PAGE> 129
          
          President and by the  Secretary or Assistant Secretary,  or by
          the  duly  appointed  transfer  agent  or  registrar  of   the
          corporation.  Any of the signatures on the certificates may be
          a facsimile signature, provided that at least the signature of
          the  corporation's   transfer  agent   or  registrar   on  the
          certificate is an  original signature.   In case any  officer,
          transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose  facsimile
          signature  has  been  placed  upon  any such certificate shall
          thereafter have ceased to  be such officer, transfer  agent or
          registrar before such certificate is issued, such  certificate
          may nevertheless be  issued by the  corporation with the  same
          effect as though  the person who  signed such certificate,  or
          whose facsimile  signature shall  have been  placed thereupon,
          were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date  of
          issue.
                    
                    (b)  A record shall be kept of the respective  names
          of  the  persons,  firms  or  corporations  owning  the shares
          represented by  such certificates,  the number  and classes of
          shares represented by such certificates, respectively, and the
          respective   issuance   dates   thereof,   and   in   case  of
          cancellation,  the  respective  dates  of cancellation.  Every
          certificate  surrendered  to  the  corporation for exchange or
          transfer  shall  be  cancelled,  and  no  new  certificate  or
          certificates  shall  be  issued  in  exchange for any existing
          certificate until such existing certificate shall have been so
          cancelled, except in cases provided for in Section 6.04.
          
<PAGE> 130
                    
                    Section 6.02   Transfer of Shares.  Transfers of
                                   ------------------
          shares of the corporation shall  be made only on the  books of
          the corporation by  the registered holder  thereof, or by  his
          attorney  thereunto  authorized  by  written power of attorney
          duly executed and filed with the Secretary of the  corporation
          or with a transfer agent duly appointed as provided in Section
          6.03, and  upon surrender  of the  certificate or certificates
          for  such  shares  properly  endorsed  and  the payment of all
          required taxes thereon.   The person  in whose name  shares of
          stock stand on  the books of  the corporation shall  be deemed
          the owner thereof for all purposes as regards the corporation.
          Whenever any transfer of  shares shall be made  for collateral
          security  purposes,  and  not  absolutely,  such fact shall be
          expressly  stated  in  the  entry  of  transfer  if,  when the
          certificate  or  certificates   shall  be  presented   to  the
          corporation  for  transfer,   both  the  transferor   and  the
          transferee request the corporation to do so.
                    
                    Section 6.03   Regulations.  The Board may make such
                                   -----------
          rules  and   regulations  as   it  may   deem  expedient,  not
          inconsistent with these Bylaws, concerning the issue, transfer
          and   registration   of   certificates   for   shares  of  the
          corporation.    It  may  appoint,  or authorize any officer or
          officers to appoint,  one or more  transfer agents and  one or
          more registrars, and may  require all certificates for  shares
          to bear the signature  or signatures or facsimiles  thereof of
          any of them.
                    
                    Section 6.04   Lost, Stolen, Destroyed, and
                                  ----------------------------
          Mutilated Certificates.
          ----------------------
          In any case of loss, theft, destruction, or
          
<PAGE> 131
          
          mutilation of any  certificate of shares,  another certificate
          may be  issued in  its place  upon proof  of such loss, theft,
          destruction, or mutilation, and upon  the giving of a bond  of
          indemnity to the corporation in  such form and in such  sum as
          the  Board   may  direct;   provided,  however,   that  a  new
          certificate may be issued without requiring any bond when,  in
          the judgment of the Board, it is appropriate and proper so  to
          do.
                                         
                          ARTICLE VII.  INDEMNIFICATION
                          -----------------------------
                    
                    Section 7.01   For the purposes of this Article VII,
          "agent" means any  person who is  or was a  director, officer,
          employee  or  other  agent  of  the  corporation, or is or was
          serving  at  the  request  of  the  corporation as a director,
          officer,  employee  or  agent  of  another foreign or domestic
          corporation,  partnership,  joint  venture,  trust  or   other
          enterprise, or was a director, officer, employee or agent of a
          foreign  or  domestic  corporation  which  was  a  predecessor
          corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the
          request of  such predecessor  corporation; "proceeding"  means
          any  threatened,  pending  or  completed action or proceeding,
          whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative;  and
          "expenses" includes without limitation attorneys' fees and any
          expenses  of  establishing  a  right  to indemnification under
          Section 7.04 or Section 7.05(d) of this Article VII.
                    
                    Section 7.02   The corporation  shall have  power to
          indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to
          be made a party to any proceeding (other than an action by  or
          in the
          
<PAGE> 132
          
          right of the corporation to  procure a judgment in its  favor)
          by reason of the fact that  such person is or was an  agent of
          the   corporation,   against   expenses,   judgments,   fines,
          settlements and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred
          in connection  with such  proceeding if  such person  acted in
          good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed  to
          be in the best interests  of the corporation and, in  the case
          of a criminal proceeding,  had no reasonable cause  to believe
          the conduct of such person  was unlawful.  The termination  of
          any proceeding by  judgment, order, settlement,  conviction or
          upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not, of
          itself, create a  presumption that the  person did not  act in
          good  faith  and  in  a  manner  which  the  person reasonably
          believed to  be in  the best  interests of  the corporation or
          that  the  person  had  reasonable  cause  to believe that the
          person's conduct was unlawful.
                    
                    Section 7.03   The corporation  shall have  power to
          indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to
          be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action
          by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in
          its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was  an
          agent  of  the  corporation,  against  expenses  actually  and
          reasonably  incurred  by  such  person  in connection with the
          defense or settlement of such  action if such person acted  in
          good faith, in a manner such person believed to be in the best
          interests of the corporation and its shareholders.
          
<PAGE> 133
          
          No indemnification shall be  made under this Section  7.03 for
          any of the following:
                    
                    (a)  In respect of any claim, issue or matter as  to
          which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the
          corporation in the  performance of such  person's duty to  the
          corporation  and  its  shareholders,  unless  and  only to the
          extent  that  the  court  in  which  such proceeding is or was
          pending shall determine upon application that, in view of  all
          the  circumstances  of  the  case,  such  person is fairly and
          reasonably entitled to indemnity for expenses and only to  the
          extent that the court shall determine;
                    
                    (b)  Of  amounts  paid  in  settling  or   otherwise
          disposing of a pending action without court approval; or
                    
                    (c)  Of  expenses  incurred  in  defending a pending
          action which is settled or otherwise disposed of without court
          approval.
                    
                    Section 7.04   To the  extent that  an agent  of the
          corporation has been  successful on the  merits in defense  of
          any proceeding referred to in Section 7.02 or Section 7.03  or
          in defense of  any claim, issue  or matter therein,  the agent
          shall be indemnified against expenses actually and  reasonably
          incurred by the agent in connection therewith.
                    
                    Section 7.05   Except as  provided in  Section 7.04,
          any indemnification under  this Article VII  shall be made  by
          the corporation only if authorized in the specific case,  upon
          a determination that indemnification of the agent is proper in
          the
          
<PAGE> 134
          
          circumstances  because  the  agent  has  met  the   applicable
          standard of conduct set forth in Section 7.02 or Section 7.03,
          by any of the following:
                    
                    (a)  A  majority  vote  of  a  quorum  consisting of
          directors who are not parties to such proceeding;
                    
                    (b)  If   such   a   quorum   of  directors  is  not
          obtainable, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion;
                    
                    (c)  Approval by the affirmative vote of the holders
          of a majority of the shares of common stock of the corporation
          entitled to vote represented at a duly held meeting at which a
          quorum is present or by the written consent of the holders  of
          a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock  entitled
          to vote.  For this purpose, the shares owned by the person  to
          be indemnified shall not  be considered outstanding and  shall
          not be entitled to vote thereon; or
                    
                    (d)  The court  in which  such proceeding  is or was
          pending upon application made by the corporation or the  agent
          or  the  attorney  or  other  person  rendering  services   in
          connection with the defense,  whether or not such  application
          by  the  agent,  attorney  or  other  person is opposed by the
          corporation.
                    
                    Section 7.06   Expenses  incurred  in  defending any
          proceeding may  be advanced  by the  corporation prior  to the
          final  disposition  of  such  proceeding  upon  receipt  of an
          undertaking by or on behalf of the agent to repay such  amount
          if it shall be
          
<PAGE> 135
          
          determined ultimately  that the  agent is  not entitled  to be
          indemnified as authorized in this Article VII.
                    
                    Section 7.07   The indemnification provided by  this
          Article VII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other  rights
          to which those seeking  indemnification may be entitled  under
          these Bylaws or under  any agreement, vote of  shareholders or
          disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in  an
          official capacity and as  to action in another  capacity while
          holding such office, to  the extent such additional  rights to
          indemnification   are   authorized   in   the   Articles    of
          Incorporation.    The  rights  to  indemnity  hereunder  shall
          continue  as  to  a  person  who  has ceased to be a director,
          officer, employee, or agent and shall inure to the benefit  of
          the  heirs,  executors  and  administrators  of  the   person.
          Nothing contained in this  Article VII shall affect  any right
          to indemnification to which persons other than such  directors
          and officers may be entitled by contract or otherwise.
                    
                    Section 7.08   No indemnification  or advance  shall
          be made under this Article VII, except as provided in  Section
          7.04 or Section 7.05(d), in any circumstance where it appears:
                    
                    (a)  That it would be inconsistent with a  provision
          of the Articles of  Incorporation, these Bylaws, a  resolution
          of the shareholders or an  agreement in effect at the  time of
          the accrual  of the  alleged cause  of action  asserted in the
          proceeding  in  which  the  expenses  were  incurred  or other
          amounts  were  paid,  which  prohibits  or  otherwise   limits
          indemnification; or
          
<PAGE> 136
          
          (b)  That  it  would   be  inconsistent  with   any  condition
          expressly imposed by a court in approving a settlement.
                    
                    Section 7.09   The corporation  shall have  power to
          purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any agent of  the
          corporation against any liability asserted against or incurred
          by the agent  in such capacity  or arising out  of the agent's
          status as such whether or  not the corporation would have  the
          power to indemnify the agent against such liability under  the
          provisions of this Article VII.  The fact that the corporation
          owns all or a portion of  the shares of the company issuing  a
          policy of insurance shall not render this Section inapplicable
          if either of the following conditions are satisfied:
                    
                    (a)  If  the  Articles  of  Incorporation  authorize
          indemnification in excess of  that authorized in this  Article
          VII and the insurance provided  by this Section is limited  as
          indemnification is required to be limited by paragraph (11) of
          subdivision (a) of Section 204 of the California  Corporations
          Code; or
                    
                    (b)  (i)  The company  issuing the  insurance policy
          is organized, licensed and operated in a manner that  complies
          with  the  insurance  laws  and  regulations applicable to its
          jurisdiction of organization;
                    
                         (ii) The  company  issuing  the policy provides
          procedures  for  processing  claims  that  do  not permit that
          company
          
<PAGE> 137
          
          to be subject  to the direct  control of the  corporation that
          purchased that policy; and
          
               (iii)     The policy issued  provides for some  manner of
          risk sharing between the  issuer and purchaser of  the policy,
          on the one hand, and  some unaffiliated person or persons,  on
          the other, such as by providing for more than one unaffiliated
          owner of the company issuing the policy or by providing that a
          portion of the coverage  furnished will be obtained  from some
          unaffiliated insurer or reinsurer.
                    
                    Section 7.10   The provisions of this Article VII do
          not apply  to any  proceeding against  any trustee, investment
          manager or  other fiduciary  of any  employee benefit  plan in
          such person's capacity  as such, even  though such person  may
          also be  an agent  of the  employer corporation  as defined in
          Section 7.01 of this Article VII.  The corporation shall  have
          power to indemnify such a trustee, investment manager or other
          fiduciary  to  the  extent  permitted  by  subdivision  (f) of
          Section 207 of the California Corporations Code.
                                         
                           ARTICLE VIII.  MISCELLANEOUS
                           ----------------------------
                    
                    Section 8.01   Seal.  The Board shall provide a
                                  ----
          corporate seal,  which shall  be in  the form  of a circle and
          shall bear the name of  the corporation and words and  figures
          showing that the corporation was incorporated in the State  of
          California and the year of the incorporation.
          
<PAGE> 138
                    
                    Section 8.02   Waiver of Notices.  Whenever notice
                                   -----------------
          is required  to begiven  by these  Bylaws or  the Articles  of
          Incorporation or by  law, the person  entitled to said  notice
          may waive such notice in  writing, either before or after  the
          time  stated  therein,  and   such  waiver  shall  be   deemed
          equivalent to notice.
          
          Section 8.03   Fiscal Year.  The fiscal year of the
                         -----------
          corporation  shall  be  that  twelve-month  period  ending  on
          December 31 in each year.
                    
                    Section 8.04   Dividends.  The Board may from time
                                   ---------
          to time declare,and the corporation may pay, dividends on  its
          outstanding  shares  in  the  manner  and  on  the  terms  and
          conditions provided by law,  subject to any legal,  regulatory
          or contractual restrictions to  which the corporation is  then
          subject.
                    
                    Section 8.05   Representation of Shares of Other
                                  ---------------------------------
          Corporations.
          ------------
          The  Chairman  of  the  Board  or  any  officer  or   officers
          authorized by the  Board or by  the Chairman of  the Board are
          each authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf  of
          the corporation all rights incident  to any and all shares  of
          any other corporation or corporations standing in the name  of
          this corporation, including  subsidiaries of the  corporation.
          The authority granted  herein may be  exercised either by  any
          such officer in person or by any other person authorized to do
          so  by  proxy  or  power  of  attorney  duly  executed by said
          officer.
          
<PAGE> 139
                    
                    Section 8.06   Inspection of Bylaws.
                                  --------------------
          The corporation shall keep  at its principal executive  office
          the original or a copy of its Bylaws as amended to date, which
          copy  shall  be  open  to  inspection  by  shareholders at all
          reasonable  times  during  office  hours.    If  the principal
          executive office of  the corporation is  outside the State  of
          California  and  the  corporation  has  no  principal business
          office in such state, it shall upon the written notice of  any
          shareholder furnish to such shareholder a copy of these Bylaws
          as amended  to date.   The  original or  a copy  of the Bylaws
          certified to be a true  copy by the Secretary or  an Assistant
          Secretary of the corporation shall be prima facie evidence  of
          the adoption of such Bylaws and of the matters stated therein.
          
          Section 8.07   Amendment of Bylaws.  Subject to the right of
                         -------------------
          the  outstanding  shares  to  adopt,  amend, or repeal Bylaws,
          these  Bylaws  may,  from  time  to  time  and at any time, be
          amended or repealed, and new or additional Bylaws adopted,  by
          approval of the Board; provided, however, that such Bylaws may
          not contain  any provision  in conflict  with law  or with the
          Articles  of  Incorporation  of  the  corporation.   After the
          issuance of shares, any  Bylaw specifying or changing  a fixed
          number  of  directors  or  the  maximum  or  minimum number or
          changing from a  fixed to a  variable Board or  vice versa may
          only  be  adopted  by  approval  of  the  outstanding  shares;
          provided, however, that a  Bylaw or amendment of  the Articles
          of Incorporation reducing a fixed number or the minimum number
          of directors to a number  less than five cannot be  adopted if
          the vote cast against its adoption
          
<PAGE> 140
          
          at a  meeting, or  the shares  not consenting  in the  case of
          action  by  written  consent,  are  equal  to more than 16 2/3
          percent of the votes entitled to be cast.
                    
                    Section 8.08   Construction of Bylaws.  Unless
                                   ----------------------
          otherwise  stated  in  these  Bylaws  or  unless  the  context
          requires, the definitions contained in the California  General
          Corporation Law shall govern the construction of these Bylaws.
          Without  limiting  the   generality  of  the   foregoing,  the
          masculine  gender  includes  the  feminine  and  neuter,   the
          singular  number  includes  the  plural  and the plural number
          includes  the  singular,  and  the  word  "person"  includes a
          corporation or other entity as well as a natural person.
                    
                    Section 8.09   Annual Report to Shareholders.  The
                                   -----------------------------
          annual report to shareholders  referred to in Section  1501 of
          the California General Corporation Law is expressly  dispensed
          with, but nothing herein  shall be interpreted as  prohibiting
          the Board of Directors  from issuing annual or  other periodic
          reports  to  the  shareholders  of  the  corporation  as  they
          consider to be appropriate.
                    
                    Section 8.10   National Emergency.  In the event of
                                   ------------------
          a  national  emergency  as  described  in  Section  688 of the
          California   Insurance   Code,   this   corporation  shall  be
          considered to have those emergency bylaw provisions which  are
          provided for by statute in Article 1.7 of Chapter 1 of Part  2
          of  Division  1  of  the  California  Insurance Code as now in
          effect or as hereafter may be amended.
                                      



<PAGE> 141
                                      
                                      
                                      
                     PROPERTY CATASTROPHE EXCESS OF LOSS
                                      
                            REINSURANCE CONTRACT
                                      
                 (hereinafter referred to as the "Contract")
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                   between
                                      
                                      
                                      
                       20TH CENTURY INSURANCE COMPANY
                                      
                                   and/or
                                      
                        21ST CENTURY CASUALTY COMPANY
                                      
                 (hereinafter referred to as the "Company")
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                     and
                                      
                                      
                                      
              The SUBSCRIBING REINSURERS executing the attached
                                      
                     Interests and Liabilities Contract
                                      
                (hereinafter referred to as the "Reinsurer")
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                  ARTICLE 1
                                ---------
   BUSINESS COVERED
   ----------------
          This Contract applies to loss occurrences which take place
   during the currency of this Contract under all policies,
   certificates, binders and/or contracts of insurance or
   reinsurance, oral or written, or other evidences of liability
   (hereinafter called "policy" or "policies") which are issued or
   may be issued for or by the Company and classified by the
   Company as Homeowners (Section I only), Condominium Owners
   (Section I only), Dwelling Fire, Inland Marine, and/or
   Automobile Physical Damage.
   
                                   ARTICLE 2
                                   ---------
   TERM AND EXTENDED EXPIRATION
   ----------------------------
         This Contract shall take effect from 12:01 a.m., Pacific
   Daylight Savings Time, July 1, 1994, to 12:01 a.m., Pacific
   Daylight Savings Time July 1, 1995, and shall apply to all loss
   occurrences which take place during the currency of this
   Contract.
   
         If  this Contract shall terminate while a loss occurrence
   covered hereunder is in progress, it is agreed that, subject to
   the other conditions of this Contract, the Reinsurer is
   responsible for its proportion of the entire loss.
   
   3341-00-0001-00-94-03-01/02-00
   07.01.94 (Revised 10/27/94)
   

<PAGE> 142
                                        
                                   ARTICLE 3
                                   ---------
   TERRITORY
   ---------
         This Contract shall apply to the State of California of the
   United States of America.
                                        
                                   ARTICLE 4
                                   ---------
   TAXES
   -----
         In consideration of the terms under which this Contract is
   issued, the Company undertakes not to claim any deduction in
   respect of the premium hereon when making tax returns, other
   than Income or Profits Tax returns, to any State or Territory or
   the District of Columbia.
   
         The Reinsurer (if not domiciled in the United States of America)
   has agreed to allow for the purpose of paying the Federal Excise
   Tax the percentage specified by United States law of the premium
   payable hereon to the extent such premium is subject to Federal
   Excise Tax (subject to the provisions of any applicable
   international tax treaties).  In the event of any return of
   premium becoming due hereunder the Reinsurer will deduct the
   percentage specified by United States law from the amount of the
   return and the Company or its agent will take steps to recover
   the Tax from the United States Government.
                                        
                                   ARTICLE 5
                                   ---------
   CURRENCY
   --------
         Wherever the word "Dollars" and/or the sign "$" appear in this
   Contract, they shall be construed to mean United States Dollars.
   
         Where the Company receives premiums or pays losses in currencies
   other than United States Currency, such premiums and losses
   shall be converted into United States Dollars at the actual
   rates of exchange at which such premiums or losses are entered
   on the Company's books.
                                        
                                   ARTICLE 6
                                   ---------
   EXCLUSIONS
   ----------
        This Contract specifically excludes:
        
        1.  Flood and/or Earthquake when written alone.
        
        2.  Mortgage Impairment Business.
        
        3.  All reinsurance assumed other than facultative.
        
   
   3341-00-0001-00-94-03-01/02-00
   07.01.94 (Revised 10/27/94)
   

<PAGE> 143
        
        4.  War risk, bombardment, invasion, insurrection, rebellion,
            revolution, military or usurped power, or confiscation by order
            of any government or public authority, as excluded under a
            standard policy continuing a standard War Exclusion Clause.
        
        5.  All liability of the Company arising, by contract, operation of
            law, or otherwise, from its participation or membership, whether
            voluntary or involuntary, in any insolvency fund.  "Insolvency
            Fund" includes any guaranty fund, insolvency fund, plan, pool,
            association, fund or other arrangement, howsoever denominated,
            established or governed; which provides for any assessment of or
            payment or assumption by the Company of part or all of any
            claim, debt, charge, fee, or other obligation of an insurer, or
            its successors or assigns, which has been declared by any
            competent authority to be insolvent, or which is otherwise
            deemed unable to meet any claim, debt, charge, fee, or other
            obligation in whole or in part.
        
        6.  Third Party Bodily Injury or Death Liability, Third Party
            Personal Injury Liability, Third Party Property Damage Liability
            and Medical Payments insurance; however, nothing herein
            contained shall be construed as excluding liability for damage
            to property in an insureds care, custody or control for which
            the insured may be liable.
        
        7.  Loss and/or damage and/or costs and/or expenses arising from
            Seepage and/or Pollution and/or Contamination, other than
            contamination from smoke damage.  Nevertheless, this exclusion
            does not preclude any payment of the cost of the removal of
            debris of property damaged by a loss otherwise covered hereunder
            but subject always to a limit of 25% of the Company's property
            loss under the original policy.
            
        
        8.  Special Programs as declared by the Company.
        
        
        9.  Liability of the Company as excluded by the following clauses,
            which are attached to and made a part of this Contract:
            
            a. Nuclear Incident Exclusion Clauses - Physical Damage -
               
               Reinsurance - U.S.A. and Canada; and Nuclear Energy Risk
               Exclusion Clause (Reinsurance) - Worldwide Excluding U.S.A.
               and Canada.
            
            b. Pools, Associations and Syndicates Exclusion Clause.
            
        
        10. Extra Contractual Obligations and/or Losses in Excess of Policy
            Limits.
            
            
            
            "Extra Contractual Obligations" are defined as those liabilities
            not covered under any other provision of this Contract and which
            arise from the handling of any claim on business covered
            hereunder, such liabilities arising because of, but not limited
            to, the following:    failure by the Company to settle within the
            
   
   3341-00-0001-00-94-03-01/02-00
   07.01.94 (Revised 10/27/94)
   

<PAGE> 144
            
            
            policy limit, or by reason of alleged or actual negligence,
            fraud or bad faith in rejecting an offer of settlement or in the
            preparation of the defense or in the trial of any action against
            its insured or reinsured or in the preparation or prosecution of
            an appeal consequent upon such action.
            
            
            
            "Loss  in excess of the Policy limit" is defined as any loss
            exceeding the limit of the Company's policy, having been
            incurred because of failure by the Company to settle within the
            policy limit or by reason of alleged or actual negligence, fraud
            or bad faith in rejecting an offer of settlement or in the
            preparation of the defense or in the trial of any action against
            its insured or reinsured or in the preparation or prosecution of
            an appeal consequent upon such action.  For the purposes of this
            definition, the word "loss" shall mean any amounts for which the
            Company would have been contractually liable to pay had it not
            been for the limit of the policy.
            
            
            
            "Extra Contractual Obligations" and "Loss In Excess Of Policy
            Limit" shall also include any exemplary or punitive damages
            assessed against the Company due to the fraud of a member of the
            Board of Directors or a corporate officer of the Company acting
            individually or collectively or in collusion with any individual
            or corporation or any other organization or party involved in
            the presentation, defense or settlement of any claim covered
            hereunder.
                                         
                                     ARTICLE 7
                                     ---------
   DEFINITION OF LOSS OCCURRENCE
   -----------------------------
         The term "Loss Occurrence" wherever appearing in this contract
   shall mean the sum of all individual losses directly occasioned
   by any one disaster, accident or loss or series of disasters,
   accidents or losses arising out of one event which occurs within
   the area of one state of the United States or province of Canada
   and states or provinces contiguous thereto and to one another.
   However, the duration and extent of any one loss occurrence
   shall be limited to all individual losses sustained by the
   Company occurring during any period of 168 consecutive hours
   arising out of and directly occasioned by the same event, except
   that the term "loss occurrence" shall be further defined as
   follows:
        
        1.  AS REGARDS WINDSTORM, HAIL, TORNADO, HURRICANE, CYCLONE
            (INCLUDING ENSUING COLLAPSE AND WATER DAMAGE) All individual
            losses sustained by the Company occurring during any period of
            72 consecutive hours arising out of and directly occasioned by
            the same event.
        
        2.  AS REGARDS RIOT, RIOT ATTENDING A STRIKE, CIVIL COMMOTION,
            VANDALISM AND MALICIOUS MISCHIEF  All individual losses
            sustained by the Company occurring during any period of 72
            consecutive hours within the area of one municipality or county
            and the municipalities or counties contiguous thereto arising
            out of and directly occasioned by the same event.  The maximum
            duration of 72 consecutive hours may be extended in respect of
            
   
   3341-00-0001-00-94-03-01/02-00
   07.01.94 (Revised 10/27/94)
   

<PAGE> 145
            
            
            individual losses which occur beyond such 72 consecutive hours
            during the continued occupation of an insureds premises by
            strikers, provided such occupation commenced during the
            aforesaid period.
        
        3.  AS REGARDS EARTHQUAKE (THE EPICENTER OF WHICH NEED NOT
            NECESSARILY BE WITHIN THE TERRITORIAL CONFINES REFERRED TO IN
            THE FIRST PARAGRAPH OF THIS ARTICLE) AND FIRE FOLLOWING DIRECTLY
            OCCASIONED BY THE EARTHQUAKE
            Only those individual fire losses which commence during the
            period of 168 consecutive hours may be included in the Company's
            loss occurrence.
            
        
        4.  AS REGARDS FREEZE Only individual losses directly occasioned by
            collapse, breakage or glass, and water damage (caused by
            bursting of frozen pipes and tanks) may be included in the
            Company's loss occurrence.
   
         For all those loss occurrences other than 2. above, the Company
   may choose the date and time when any such period of consecutive
   hours commences provided that it is not earlier than the date
   and time of the occurrence of the first recorded individual loss
   sustained by the Company arising out of that disaster, accident
   or loss and provided that only one such period of 168
   consecutive hours shall apply with respect to one event, except
   for any loss occurrence referred to in 1. above, where only one
   such period of 72 consecutive hours shall apply with respect to
   one event, regardless of the duration of the event.
   
         As respects those loss occurrences referred to in 2. above, if
   the disaster, accident or loss occasioned by the event is of
   greater duration than 72 consecutive hours, then the Company may
   divide that disaster, accident or loss into two or more loss
   occurrences provided no two periods overlap and no individual
   loss is included in more than one such period and provided that
   no period commences earlier than the date and time of the
   occurrence of the first recorded individual loss sustained by
   the Company arising out of that disaster, accident or loss.
   
         No individual losses occasioned by an event that would be
   covered by 72 hour clauses may be included in any loss
   occurrence claimed under the 168 hour provisions.
                                         
                                     ARTICLE 8
                                     ---------
   ULTIMATE NET LOSS
   -----------------
        The term "ultimate net loss" wherever used in this Contract
        shall mean:
        
        1.  the actual loss or losses paid by the Company, plus
        
        2.  expenses of litigation (if any), plus
        
        3.  all other loss expenses of the Company (excluding office
            expenses and salaries of officials of the Company except in the
            case of field claim adjusters or staff attorneys, and then only
            when the time spent by any adjuster or staff attorney is
            definitely allocated to a specific claim or specific
            catastrophe), less
            
   
   3341-00-0001-00-94-03-01/02-00
   07.01.94 (Revised 10/27/94)
   

<PAGE> 146
        
        4.  salvages and/or recoveries (if any), less
        
        5.  recoveries from all other reinsurance's effected by the Company
            relating to the business described in ARTICLE 1, whether
            collected or not (except that the Company is permitted to carry
            underlying Catastrophe reinsurance, recoveries under which shall
            inure to the Company's sole benefit), all relating to any one
            loss occurrence.
   
         All salvages, recoveries or payments recovered or received
   subsequent to a loss settlement under this contract shall be
   applied as if recovered or received prior to the aforesaid
   settlement, and all necessary adjustments shall be made by the
   parties hereto.
   
         Nothing in this Article, however, shall be construed as meaning
   that losses are not recoverable from the Reinsurer until the
   ultimate net loss to the company has been ascertained.
                                         
                                     ARTICLE 9
                                     ---------
   NET RETAINED LINES
   ------------------
         This Contract applies only to that portion of any insurance or
   reinsurance which the Company retains net for its own account.
   In calculating the amount of any loss hereunder and also in
   computing the amount or amounts in excess of which this contract
   attaches, only loss or losses in respect of that portion of any
   insurance or reinsurance which the Company retains net for its
   own account shall be included.
   
         The amount of the Reinsurer's liability hereunder in respect of
   any loss or losses shall not be increased by reason of the
   inability of the Company to collect from any other reinsurers,
   whether specific or general, any amounts which may have become
   due from them, whether such inability arises from the insolvency
   of such other reinsurers or otherwise.
                                         
                                    ARTICLE 10
                                    ----------
   CLAIMS
   ------
         The Company shall give immediate notice to the Reinsurer of any
   loss occurrence which they have reason to believe could involve
   this Contract.
   
         The Company shall keep the Reinsurer informed of all
   developments likely to affect any payment by the Reinsurer under
   this Contract.
   
         The Company may commence, continue, defend, settle or withdraw
   from actions, suits or prosecutions and generally do all such
   things relating to any loss occurrence in which the Reinsurer is
   interested as, in the Company's judgment, may be beneficial or
   expedient to both parties.
   
         All settlements made by the Company, provided same are within
   the original terms of this Contract, shall be unconditionally
   binding upon the Reinsurer.  The share of the Reinsurer in any
   
   
   3341-00-0001-00-94-03-01/02-00
   07.01.94 (Revised 10/27/94)
   

<PAGE> 147
   
   settlement shall be payable by the Reinsurer to the Company upon
   reasonable evidence of the amount paid or to be paid being given
   by the Company.
                                         
                                    ARTICLE 11
                                    ----------
   LOSS RESERVES
   -------------
         This Article applies only if the Reinsurer does not qualify for
   credit by any state or any other governmental authority having
   jurisdiction over the Company's loss reserves; if the Reinsurer
   does not qualify, they shall be subject to the terms of the Loss
   Reserves Clause attached to and forming a part of this Contract.
                                         
                                    ARTICLE 12
                                    ----------
   ACCESS TO RECORDS
   -----------------
         The duly accredited representative of the Reinsurer, at all
   reasonable times during the currency of this Contract and to the
   extent of the Reinsurer's interest thereafter, shall have access
   at the offices of the Company to all records of the Company
   which pertain in any way to this Contract or the subject matter
   thereof, provided always that the Reinsurer shall have given to
   the Company prior written notice of their desire to obtain
   information.
                                         
                                    ARTICLE 13
                                    ----------
   ERRORS AND OMISSIONS
   --------------------
         Any inadvertent error, omission or delay in complying with the
   terms and conditions of this Contract shall not be held to
   relieve or increase the liability of either party hereto.  Upon
   discovery of such an incident, rectification shall be made as
   soon as reasonably practicable, following which the position of
   the parties shall be as though the incident had not occurred.
                                         
                                    ARTICLE 14
                                    ----------
   SERVICE OF SUIT  (Applicable only to Reinsurers not domiciled in
   ---------------
         the United States of America, and/or is not authorized in any
         State, Territory and/or District of the United States where
         authorization is required by insurance regulatory authorities.)
   
         In the event of the failure of the Reinsurer to pay any amount
   claimed to be due hereunder, the Reinsurer, at the request of
   the Company, will submit to the jurisdiction of a Court of
   competent jurisdiction within the United States.  Nothing in
   this Article constitutes or should be understood to constitute a
   waiver of the Reinsurer's rights to commence an action in any
   Court of competent jurisdiction in the United States, to remove
   an action to a United States District Court, or to seek a
   transfer of a case to another Court as permitted by the laws of
   the United States or of any State in the United States.
   
   
   3341-00-0001-00-94-03-01/02-00
   07.01.94 (Revised 10/27/94)
   

<PAGE> 148
   
         Service of process in such suit may be made upon Mendes & Mount,
   Citicorp Plaza, 725 South Figueroa Street, 19th, floor, Los
   Angeles, California 90017 (but only as respects suit brought in
   the State of New York, service of process on the Reinsurer in
   such suit may be made upon Messrs. Mendes & Mount, 750 Seventh
   Avenue, New York, New York  10019-6829) and in any suit
   instituted against the Reinsurer upon this Contract, the
   Reinsurer will abide by the final decision of such Court or of
   any Appellate Court in the event of an appeal.
   
         The above named are authorized and directed to accept service of
   process on behalf of the Reinsurer in any such suit and/or upon
   the company's request to give a written undertaking to the
   Company that they will enter a general appearance upon the
   Reinsurer's behalf in the event such a suit shall be instituted.
   
         Further, pursuant to any statute of any state, territory or
   district of the United States which makes provision therefore,
   the Reinsurer hereby designates the Superintendent, Commissioner
   or Director of Insurance or other officer specified for the
   purpose in the statute, or his successor or successors in
   office, as their true and lawful attorney upon whom may be
   served any lawful process in any action, suit or proceeding
   instituted by or on behalf of the Company or any beneficiary
   hereunder arising out of this Contract, and hereby designates
   the above named as the firm to whom the said officer is
   authorized to mail such process or a true copy thereof.
                                         
                                    ARTICLE 15
                                    ----------
   ARBITRATION
   -----------
         As a precedent to any right of action hereunder, any dispute
   between the Company and the Reinsurer (hereinafter referred to
   as the "parties") with reference to their rights and obligations
   under this Contract, whether during or after the currency
   hereof, shall be submitted to three arbitrators, one to be
   chosen by each party, and the third by the two so chosen.  All
   correspondence between all participants in the arbitration shall
   be sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt
   requested; refusal to accept any such correspondence is equal to
   an acknowledgment of receipt.
   
         The party requesting arbitration (claimant) shall mail to the
   other party (respondent) written notice to that effect and name
   its arbitrator.  If the respondent refuses or neglects to
   appoint its arbitrator within thirty days after the receipt of
   said written notice from the claimant, the claimant shall
   appoint a second arbitrator.  If the two arbitrators fail
   otherwise to agree in the selection of the third arbitrator they
   shall, within thirty days of their appointment, each name three,
   of whom the other shall decline two and the decision shall be
   made by drawing lots.
   
         All arbitrators shall be active or retired executive officers of
   insurance or reinsurance companies or Underwriters at Lloyd's,
   London, none of whom have any personal interest in the outcome
   of the dispute.  The arbitrators shall interpret this Contract
   as an honorable engagement and not only as a legal obligation.
   They are relieved of all judicial formalities and may abstain
   from following the strict rules of law.  They shall make their
   decision with a view to effecting the general purpose of this
   Contract in a reasonable manner rather than in accordance with a
   literal interpretation of the language.
   
   
   3341-00-0001-00-94-03-01/02-00
   07.01.94 (Revised 10/27/94)
   

<PAGE> 149
   
         Each party shall submit its case to the arbitrators within
   thirty days of the selection of the third arbitrator.  Thirty
   additional days shall then be allowed for rejoinder and
   surrejoinder before the arbitrators shall be required to hand
   down their decision.  The majority decision of the arbitrators,
   when filed in writing with the parties, shall be final and
   binding on both parties.  The parties hereby consent to the
   entry of judgment upon the final decision of the arbitrators in
   any Court having jurisdiction.
   
         The arbitrators are empowered to prolong the terms granted above
   for the filing of papers and equally of the handing down of a
   decision, but in any event they shall be bound to give their
   decision within five months from the day of receipt by the
   respondent of the written request for arbitration by the
   claimant.
   
         Each party shall bear the expense of the arbitrator appointed by
   or for it, and shall jointly and equally bear with the other
   party the expense of the third arbitrator and of the
   arbitration.  Said arbitration shall take place in the city in
   which the Company's Head Office is located unless some other
   place is mutually agreed upon by the parties.
                                         
                                    ARTICLE 16
                                    ----------
   INSOLVENCY
   ----------
         In the event of the insolvency of the Company and the
   appointment of a conservator, liquidator, receiver or statutory
   successor of the Company, this reinsurance shall be payable
   directly to such conservator, liquidator, receiver or statutory
   successor immediately upon demand, with reasonable provision for
   verification, on the basis of claims allowed against the
   insolvent company by any court of competent jurisdiction or by
   any conservator, liquidator, receiver or statutory successor of
   the Company having authority to allow such claims, without
   diminution because of such insolvency or because such
   conservator, liquidator, receiver or statutory successor has
   failed to pay all or a portion of any claims.  It is agreed,
   however, that the conservator, liquidator, receiver or statutory
   successor of the Company shall give written notice to the
   Reinsurer of the pendency of a claim against the Company
   indicating the policy or bond reinsured which claim would
   involve a possible liability on the part of the Reinsurer within
   a reasonable time after such claim is filed in the conservation
   or liquidation proceeding or in the receivership, and that
   during the pendency of such claim, the Reinsurer may investigate
   such claim and interpose, at its own expense, in the proceeding
   where such claim is to be adjudicated any defense or defenses
   that it may deem available to the Company or its conservator,
   liquidator, receiver or statutory successor.  The expense thus
   incurred by the Reinsurer shall be chargeable, subject to the
   approval of the court, against the Company as part of the
   expense of conservation or liquidation to the extent of a pro
   rata share of the benefit which may accrue to the Company solely
   as a result of the defense undertaken by the Reinsurer.
   
         Where two or more Reinsurers on this Contract are involved in
   the same claim and a majority in interest elect to interpose
   defense to such claim, the expense shall be apportioned in
   accordance with the terms of this Contract as though such
   expense had been incurred by the Company.
   
         As to all reinsurance made, ceded, renewed or otherwise becoming
   effective under this Contract, the reinsurance shall be payable
   as set for above by the Reinsurer to the Company or to its
   conservator, liquidator, receiver or statutory successor, except:
   
   3341-00-0001-00-94-03-01/02-00
   07.01.94 (Revised 10/27/94)
   

<PAGE> 150
   
        
        1.  as provided by Sections 4118 (a)(1)(A) and 1114(c) of the New
            York Insurance Law, or
            
        
        2.  where the original contract of insurance or reinsurance
            specifically provides another payee in the event of the
            insolvency of the Company; and where the Reinsurer, with the
            consent of the direct insured or insureds, has assumed such
            policy obligations of the Company as direct obligations of the
            Reinsurer to the payees under such policies and in substitution
            for the obligations of the Company to such payees.  Then, and in
            that event only, the Company, with the prior approval of the
            certificate of assumption on New York risks by the
            Superintendent of Insurance of the State of New York, is
            entirely released from its obligation and the Reinsurer pays any
            loss directly to payees under such policy.
                                         
                                    ARTICLE 17
                                    ----------
   INTERMEDIARY
   ------------
         Guy Carpenter & Company, Inc. is hereby recognized as the
   Intermediary negotiating this Contract for all business
   hereunder.  All communications (including but not limited to
   notices, statements, premiums, return premiums, commissions,
   taxes, losses, loss adjustment expenses, salvages, and loss
   settlements) relating thereto shall be transmitted to the
   Company or the Reinsurer through Guy Carpenter & Company, Inc.
   Payments by the Company to the Intermediary shall be deemed to
   constitute payment to the Reinsurer.  Payments by the Reinsurer
   to the Intermediary shall be deemed to constitute payment to the
   Company only to the extent that such payments are actually
   received by the Company.
                                         
                                    ARTICLE 18
                                    ----------
   MODIFICATIONS
   -------------
         Any mutually agreed modifications to this Contract (whether by
   Addendum or correspondence) shall be binding on both parties and
   shall be deemed to form a part of this Contract.


   
   3341-00-0001-00-94-03-01/02-00
   07.01.94 (Revised 10/27/94)
   
                                         

<PAGE> 151
                                         
                                    EXHIBIT A
                                    ---------
                                         
                                         
                    FIRST PROPERTY CATASTROPHE EXCESS OF LOSS
                                         
                               REINSURANCE CONTRACT
                                         
               ----------------------------------------------------
                                         
                                         
     
     SECTION 1 - AMOUNT OF COVER
     ---------------------------
     The Reinsurer shall not be liable for any loss hereunder until
     the Company's ultimate net loss in each loss occurrence exceeds
     $10,000,000 and then the Reinsurer shall be liable for the
     amount of the Company's ultimate net loss in each loss
     occurrence the excess of $10,000,000, but the Reinsurer's
     liability shall not exceed $90,000,000 ultimate net loss in each
     loss occurrence.  For the purposes of the Contract, "Ultimate
     Net Loss" shall be as defined in ARTICLE 8, "Loss Occurrence"
     shall be as defined in ARTICLE 7, "Company's retention" shall be
     as defined in Section 2 of this Exhibit, and the amount of
     coverage provided shall be further subject to the limitations
     stated in Section 4 of this Exhibit.
     
     SECTION 2 - WARRANTED COMPANY RETENTION
     ---------------------------------------
     It is warranted by the Company that they will retain 5% of the
     limit of this Contract (being 5% or $4,500,000 part of
     $90,000,000 each loss occurrence) net for their own account.
     
     SECTION 3 - PREMIUM
     -------------------
     The Company shall pay the Reinsurer an annual premium of
     $18,000,000, payable quarterly in advance of equal installments
     of $4,500,000 each, on July 1, October 1, January 1 and April 1.
     
     SECTION 4 - REINSTATEMENT
     -------------------------
     Each claim hereon reduces the amount of indemnity from the time
     of occurrence of the loss by the sum paid, but any amount so
     exhausted is hereby reinstated from the time of occurrence of
     the loss, and for each amount so reinstated the Company agrees
     to pay an additional premium (hereafter called the
     "reinstatement premium").
     
     The reinstatement premium shall be calculated on the ultimate
     premium stated in Section 3 of this Exhibit.  To such ultimate
     premium shall be applied the ratio which the payment made by the
     Reinsurer in respect of the loss occurrence bears to $90,000,000.
     
     The reinstatement premium shall be deducted by the Reinsurer
     from the amount of the loss payment.
     
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the liability of the Reinsurer
     shall never be more than:

          1.     $90,000,000 in respect of any one loss occurrence, nor
          
          2.     $180,000,000 in all during the term of this Contract.
     
     
     
     3341-00-0001-00-94-03-01-00
     07.01.94 (Revised 10/31/94)
     
     
<PAGE> 152
                                    
                                    EXHIBIT B
                                    ---------
                                         
                                         
                    SECOND PROPERTY CATASTROPHE EXCESS OF LOSS
                                         
                               REINSURANCE CONTRACT
                                         
              -----------------------------------------------------
     
     
     
     SECTION 1 - AMOUNT OF COVER
     ---------------------------
     The Reinsurer shall not be liable for any loss hereunder until
     the Company's ultimate net loss in each loss occurrence exceeds
     $100,000,000 and then the Reinsurer shall be liable for the
     amount of the Company's ultimate net loss in each loss
     occurrence the excess of $100,000,000, but the Reinsurer's
     liability shall not exceed $100,000,000 ultimate net loss in
     each loss occurrence.  For the purposes of the Contract,
     "Ultimate Net Loss" shall be as defined in ARTICLE 8, "Loss
     Occurrence" shall be as defined in ARTICLE 7, "Company's
     retention" shall be as defined in Section 2 of this Exhibit and
     the amount of coverage provided shall be further subject to the
     limitations stated in Section 4 of this Exhibit.
     
     SECTION 2 - WARRANTED COMPANY RETENTION
     ---------------------------------------
     It is warranted by the Company that they will retain 5% of the
     limit of this Contract (being 5% or $5,000,000 part of
     $100,000,000 each loss occurrence) net for their own account.
     
     SECTION 3 - PREMIUM
     -------------------
     The Company shall pay the Reinsurer an anual premium of
     $12,000,000 payable quarterly in advance in installments of
     $3,000,000 each, on July 1, October 1, January 1 and April 1.
     
     SECTION 4 - REINSTATEMENT
     -------------------------
     Each claim hereon reduces the amount of indemnity from the time
     of occurrence of the loss by the sum paid, but any amount so
     exhausted is hereby reinstated from the time of occurrence of
     the loss, and for each amount so reinstated the Company agrees
     to pay an additional premium (hereafter called the
     "reinstatement premium").
     
     The reinstatement premium shall be calculated on the ultimate
     premium stated in Section 3 of this Exhibit.  To such ultimate
     premium shall be applied the ratio which the payment made by the
     Reinsurer in respect of the loss occurrence bears to
     $100,000,000.
     
     The reinstatement premium shall be deducted by the Reinsurer
     from the amount of the loss payment.
     
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the liability of the Reinsurer
     shall never be more than:
          
          1.     $100,000,000 in respect of any one loss occurrence, nor
          
          2.     $200,000,000 in all during the term of this Contract.
          
     
     3341-00-0001-00-94-03-02-00
     07.01.94 (Revised 10/31/94)
     
<PAGE> 153

                                             Page 1 of 6
                                             No. 3341-00-0002-00-95-03-00-00
                                             San Francisco, January 4, 1995


20th Century Insurance Company
6301 Owensmouth
Woodland Hills, California 91367

Gentlemen:

     We are  in receipt  of confirmation  that the  following reinsurance has
been effected for your account:

REASSURED           20th Century Insurance Company
                    21st Century Casualty Company
                    Woodland Hills, California

TREATY              60%  QUOTA   SHARE  TREATY   applying  to   all  business
                    classified by the Reassured as Personal Excess  Liability
                    Policy (P.E.L.P.).

LIMIT               60% Quota Share  of a maximum  of $1,000,000 CSL  any one
                    risk (Maximum cession $600,000 CSL any one risk).
                    
                    The Reassured shall be the sole judge of what constitutes
                    one risk.

TERRITORY           This  reinsurance  shall  apply  wherever the Reassured's
                    policies apply.

RETENTION           40% Quota Share subject only to Contingency  Reinsurance.
                    Recoveries  under  which  shall  inure to the Reassured's
                    sole benefit.

PERIOD              Continuous   and   to   apply   to   new,   renewal   and
                    reunderwritten   policies   incepting   on   and    after
                    12:01 a.m., Pacific Standard Time January 1, 1995.

<PAGE> 154

                                             Page 2 of 6
                                             3341-00-0002-00-95-03-00-00

CANCELLATION        At  12:01 a.m.,  Pacific  Standard  Time of any January 1
                    following 90 days' notice.  In the event of cancellation,
                    the  Reassured  shall  have  the  option  of  terminating
                    Reinsurers' liability in force at cancellation date  with
                    return by Reinsurers  of the unearned  premium portfolio,
                    or of  continuing Reinsurers'  liability until  the first
                    anniversary date following cancellation.
                    
                    Irrespective  of  the  cancellation  option chosen by the
                    Reassured,  Reinsurers  will  remain  liable  for  losses
                    occurring on risks in force at cancellation which for any
                    reason the Reassured is unable to cancel but in no  event
                    shall Reinsurers liability  continue for more  than three
                    years from cancellation date.

PREMIUM AND
COMMISSION          Gross original rates as  allocated by the Reassured  less
                    22.5% commission.

ACCOUNTS            Quarterly  within  45 days  of  close  of  quarter   with
                    settlement within 60 days of close of quarter.

CASH LOSSES         $100,000

WARRANTY            Reassured shall use only their Policy.

EXCLUSIONS          As per attached Exclusion List.

LOSS ADJUSTMENT
     AND
LEGAL EXPENSES      Pro rated and in proportion to each party's share of loss
                    and in addition to  limit hereof, except where  the limit
                    of the Reassured's policy includes defense costs as  part
                    of the limit.

STATISTICAL
  REPORTS           Quarterly reports  of unearned  premiums and  outstanding
                    losses.

<PAGE> 155

                                             Page 3 of 6
                                             3341-00-0002-00-95-03-00-00


NON-ADMITTED
 REINSURERS         Agree  to  provide  clean,  irrevocable and unconditional
                    Letters of Credit as respects outstanding loss  reserves,
                    IBNR, LAE and unearned premiums.

CLAUSES             Extended Expiration Clause
                    Original Conditions Clause
                    Extra    Contractual    Obligations    Clause   (Combined
                    contractual and extra contractual loss not to exceed  the
                    limit of this Reinsurance).
                    Excess of Policy Limits Clause
                    Access to Records Clause
                    Errors and Omissions Clause
                    Tax/Federal Excise Tax Statutory Amount
                    Service of Suit Clause
                    Arbitration Clause
                    Insolvency Clause
                    Guy Carpenter Intermediary Clause

<PAGE> 156
                                             Page 4 of 6
                                             3341-00-0002-00-95-03-00-00


REINSURERS
----------

The Mercantile and General Reinsurance Company of America        15.0%
SCOR Reinsurance Company                                         15.0%
Underwriters Reinsurance Company                                 30.0%
                                                                 -----

                                                                 60.0%
                                                                 =====




                                             
                                             GUY CARPENTER & COMPANY, INC.
                                             
                                             Timothy J. Brophy
                                             
                                             Senior Vice President


<PAGE> 157

                                             Page 5 of 6
                                             3341-00-0002-00-95-03-00-00

                       20TH CENTURY INSURANCE COMPANY
                PERSONAL EXCESS LIABILITY QUOTA SHARE TREATY
                --------------------------------------------
                                      
                               EXCLUSION LIST
                               --------------

This Contract does not apply to and specifically excludes the following:

 1.  Perils and clauses which are excluded in the Reassureds Personal  Excess
     Liability Policy (P.E.L.P.).

 2.  Assumed Reinsurance except Agency Reinsurance.

 3.  Nuclear Incident Exclusion Clause.

 4.  War risks, bombardment,  invasion, insurrection, rebellion,  revolution,
     military or usurped power, and  confiscation by order of any  government
     or civil  authority, as  excluded under  a standard  policy containing a
     standard war exclusion clause.

 5.  Accident and Health Insurance.

 6.  Losses arising out of seepage and pollution as per original  exclusions.
     However, this exclusion shall not apply when the Reassured includes  its
     seepage and  pollution exclusion  on a  policy and  the judicial  entity
     having legal jurisdiction invalidates the Reassured's exclusion, thereby
     obligating the Reassured  for liability for  seepage and pollution  when
     such  liability  was  intended  to  be  excluded  from  coverage  by the
     Reassured's seepage and pollution exclusion.

 7.  All liability of the Company arising, by contract, operation of law,  or
     otherwise, from  its participation  or membership,  whether voluntary or
     involuntary, in  any insolvency  fund.   "Insolvency Fund"  includes any
     guaranty fund, insolvency fund,  plan, pool, association, fund  or other
     arrangement,  howsoever  denominated,  established  or  governed;  which
     provides for any assessment of  or payment or assumption by  the Company
     of part or all of any  claim, debt, charge, fee, or other  obligation of
     an insurer, or its successors or assigns, which has been declared by any
     competent authority to be insolvent, or which is otherwise deemed unable
     to meet any claim, debt, charge, fee, or other obligation in whole or in
     part.

<PAGE> 158
                                             Page 6 of 6
                                             3341-00-0002-00-95-03-00-00

                     LOSSES AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES
                     -----------------------------------

     As provided in ARTICLE 12, the Company shall settle all losses, and such
settlements shall be unconditionally binding upon the Reinsurer in proportion
to its participation.

     In addition to the limit hereunder, as shown in ARTICLE 4, the Reinsurer
shall be liable for  its pro rata share  of all loss adjustment  expenses, as
defined herein, incurred by the Company in connection with the settlement of,
resistance to and negotiations concerning claims and losses.  Notwithstanding
the foregoing, if the Company's policy includes defense costs as part of  the
policy limit, such defense costs shall be included with the loss (if any)  in
making up the recovery from the Reinsurer, up to the limit of this Agreement.

     The term  "loss adjustment  expenses" shall  mean court  costs, interest
upon  awards  and  judgments,   allocated  expenses  for  investigation   and
adjustment, and all allocated legal expenses paid by the Company which  shall
include all legal expense and costs associated with any declaratory  judgment
actions brought  to determine  the Company's  defense and/or  indemnification
obligations arising under  policies ceded to  this Agreement.   The Reinsurer
shall not, however, be  required to contribute to  the salary charges of  any
officials or permanent employees of the  Company except in the case of  field
claim adjusters or staff attorneys, and then only when the time spent by  any
adjuster or  staff attorney  is definitely  allocated to  a specific claim or
loss.

     The Reinsurer shall be credited with its proportionate share of  salvage
or recovery made by the Company on account of claims and settlement involving
reinsurance hereunder.   The Company hereby  agrees to enforce  its rights to
salvage  or  subrogation  relating  to  any  loss,  a  part of which loss was
sustained by the Reinsurer  and to prosecute all  claims arising out of  such
rights.    All  salvages,  recoveries  or  payments  recovered  or   received
subsequent to a loss settlement under  this Agreement shall be applied as  if
recovered or received  prior to the  aforesaid settlement, and  all necessary
adjustment shall be made by the parties hereto.

     The amounts  due from  the Reinsurer  shall be  charged in the quarterly
accounts.  If the  amount due from the  Reinsurer in respect of  any one loss
exceeds its percentage of $100,000 the Reinsurer shall upon demand  forthwith
remit the amount due.  The Reinsurer reserves the right to reduce such amount
by the amount of  any balances under this  Agreement which may be  due to the
Reinsurer in current account.


<PAGE> 159

Reinsurer Reference RA 1121

              PROPERTY CATASTROPHE EXCESS OF LOSS 
                      REINSURANCE AGREEMENT
          (hereinafter referred to as the  "Agreement")

                             between

                 20th CENTURY INSURANCE COMPANY 
                             and/or
                 21st CENTURY CASUALTY COMPANY,
                   Woodland Hills, California
     (hereinafter referred to collectively as the "Company")

                               and

                  NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY, 
                        Omaha, Nebraska 
          (hereinafter referred to as the "Reinsurer")


Article I.          Business Covered.

This Contract applies to loss occurrences which take place during
the currency of this Agreement under all policies, certificates,
binders and/or contracts of insurance or reinsurance (hereinafter
called "policy" or "policies") which are issued or may be issued by
or on behalf of the Company and classified by the Company as
Homeowners (Section I only), Condominium Owners (Section I only),
Dwelling Fire, Inland Marine, and/or Automobile Physical Damage.


Article II.         Term.

This Agreement shall take effect from 12:01 a.m., Pacific Daylight
Savings Time, January 23, 1995 to 11:59 p.m., Pacific Standard
Time, May 15, 1995 (hereinafter, the "Period"), and shall apply to
Loss Occurrences which take place during the Period of this
Agreement.

If this Agreement shall terminate while a Loss Occurrence covered
hereunder is in progress, it is agreed that, subject to the other
terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Reinsurer is
responsible for its proportion of the entire loss.  Conversely, if
this 

<PAGE> 160

Agreement shall commence while a Loss Occurrence otherwise
covered hereunder is in progress, it is agreed that the Reinsurer
shall not be responsible for any Ultimate Net Loss arising from
such Loss Occurrence, regardless of when such Ultimate Net Loss is
incurred.


Article III.        Premium.

The Company shall pay to the Reinsurer, by wire transfer, a Premium
of $7,747,500 prior to 5:00 p.m., Eastern Standard Time, January
20, 1995.  The Premium shall be non-refundable and fully earned
upon inception of the coverage provided hereunder.  


Article IV.         Amount of Cover.

The Reinsurer shall not be liable for any loss hereunder until the
Company's Ultimate Net Loss in each Loss Occurrence exceeds the
indicated Retention, and then the Reinsurer shall be liable for the
amount of the Company's Ultimate Net Loss in each Loss Occurrence
excess of the Retention, but the Reinsurer's liability shall not
exceed the indicated Limit, as set forth below, in Ultimate Net
Loss in each Loss Occurrence.

     PERIOD              LIMIT                    RETENTION

     01/23/95 - 02/15/95 $200,000,000        $250,000,000

     02/16/95 - 02/28/95 $200,000,000        $200,000,000

     03/01/95 - 03/15/95 $175,000,000        $200,000,000

     03/16/95 - 03/31/95 $145,000,000        $200,000,000

     04/01/95 - 04/15/95 $105,000,000        $200,000,000

     04/16/95 - 04/30/95  $70,000,000        $200,000,000

     05/01/95 - 05/15/95  $35,000,000        $200,000,000  

The above limit of liability applies to Ultimate Net Loss as a
result of each Loss Occurrence excess of the Retention.  In the
event of a Loss Occurrence in excess of the Retention, the
applicable limit of liability under this Agreement will be
determined based on the date of that first Loss Occurrence (first
Loss Occurrence being determined chronologically).  If the first
Loss Occurrence results in losses ceded to this Agreement 

<PAGE> 161

equal to the applicable limit stated above for the date of the first Loss
Occurrence, then no further coverage will be provided hereunder for
any subsequent Loss Occurrence.

In the event that the first Loss Occurrence is less than the
applicable limit for the date of that first Loss Occurrence, then
the remaining limit available hereunder for the second Loss
Occurrence excess of the Retention will be determined by first
taking the applicable full limit for the first Loss Occurrence as
stated above less the Ultimate Net Loss finally ceded to the
Reinsurer from the first Loss Occurrence and dividing that
difference by the applicable limit stated above for the first Loss
Occurrence.  The resulting fraction will then be multiplied by the
limit stated above applicable to the date of the second Loss
Occurrence.  The resulting product is the limit available hereunder
excess of the Retention for the second Loss Occurrence.

If the second Loss Occurrence does not exhaust the remaining limit,
then the remaining limit for the third and subsequent chronological
Loss Occurrences during the Period of this cover excess of the
Retention shall be determined in the same manner.  If the second
Loss Occurrence does exhaust the pro rata remaining limit as
determined above, there shall be no further coverage hereunder.  No
loss payment for the second or subsequent Loss Occurrences shall be
made until the Reinsurer and Company mutually agree on the total
loss to be ceded hereunder for each of the chronologically prior
Loss Occurrences.


Article V.          Territory.

This Agreement shall apply only to the State of California of the
United States of America.


Article VI.         Exclusions. 

This Agreement specifically excludes from the Limits and Retentions
hereunder:

1.   Flood and/or Earthquake when written alone.

2.   Mortgage Impairment Business.

3.   All reinsurance assumed other than facultative.

4.   War risk, bombardment, invasion, insurrection, rebellion,
     revolution, military or usurped power, or confiscation by
     order of any government or public authority, as excluded under
     a standard policy containing a standard War Exclusion Clause.

5.   All liability of the Company arising by contract, by operation
     of law, or otherwise, 

<PAGE> 162

     from its participation or membership, whether voluntary or
     involuntary, in any insolvency fund.  "Insolvency fund" includes
     any guaranty fund, insolvency fund, plan, pool, association, fund
     or other arrangement, howsoever denominated, established or
     governed; which provides for any assessment of or payment or
     assumption by the Company of part or all of any claim, debt,
     charge, fee or other obligation of an insurer, or its successors
     or assigns, which has been declared by any competent authority to
     be insolvent, or which is otherwise deemed unable to meet any claim,
     debt, charge, fee or other obligation in whole or in part.

6.   Third Party Bodily Injury or Death Liability, Third Party
     Personal Injury Liability, Third Party Property Damage
     Liability and Medical Payments insurance; however, nothing
     herein contained shall be construed as excluding liability for
     damage to property in an insured's care, custody or control
     for which the insured may be liable.

7.   Loss and/or damage and/or costs and/or expenses arising from
     Seepage and/or Pollution and/or Contamination, other than
     contamination from smoke damage.  Nevertheless, this exclusion
     does not preclude any payment of the cost of the removal of
     debris of property damaged by a loss otherwise covered
     hereunder but subject always to a limit of 25% of the
     Company's property loss under the original policy.

8.   Special Programs as declared by the Company.

9.   Liability of the Company as excluded by the following clauses,
     which are attached hereto and made a part of this Agreement:

     a.   Nuclear Incident Exclusion Clauses - Physical Damage -
          Reinsurance - U.S.A. and Canada; and Nuclear Energy Risk
          Exclusion Clause (Reinsurance) - Worldwide Excluding
          U.S.A. and Canada.

     b.   Pools, Associations and Syndicates in accordance with the
          Pools, Associations and Syndicates Exclusions Clause.

10.  Extra Contractual Obligations and/or Losses in Excess of
     Policy Limits.

     "Extra Contractual Obligations" are defined as those
     liabilities not covered under any other provision of this
     Agreement and which arise from the handling of any claim on
     business covered hereunder, such liabilities arising because
     of, but not limited to, the following:  failure by the Company
     to settle within the policy limit, or by reason of alleged or
     actual negligence, fraud or bad faith in rejecting an offer of
     settlement or in the preparation of the defense or in the
     trial of any action 

<PAGE> 163

     against its insured or reinsured or in the preparation or
     prosecution of an appeal consequent upon such action.

     "Losses in Excess of Policy Limits" are defined as any losses
     exceeding the limit of the Company's policy, having been
     incurred because of failure by the Company to settle within
     the policy limit or by reason of alleged or actual negligence,
     fraud or bad faith in rejecting an offer of settlement or in
     the preparation of the defense or in the trial of any action
     against its insured or reinsured or in the preparation or
     prosecution of an appeal consequent upon such action.  For the
     purposes of this definition, the word "loss" shall mean any
     amounts for which the Company would have been contractually
     liable to pay had it not been for the limit of the policy.

     "Extra Contractual Obligations" and "Losses in Excess of
     Policy Limits" shall also include any exemplary or punitive
     damages assessed against the Company due to the fraud of a
     member of the Board of Directors or a corporate officer of the
     Company acting individually or collectively or in collusion
     with any individual or corporation or any other organization
     or party involved in the presentation, defense or settlement
     of any claim covered hereunder.

11.  "Unallocated Loss Adjustment Expenses", which shall mean all
     court costs, attorneys' fees, expenses and interest which are
     not allocated to a specific Loss Occurrence for which
     reimbursement is due the Company under this Agreement. 
     Unallocated Loss Adjustment Expenses shall include salaries of
     officers and permanent employees of the Reinsured.  


Article VII.        Loss Occurrence.

The term "Loss Occurrence" wherever appearing in this Agreement
shall mean the sum of all individual losses directly occasioned by
any one disaster, accident or loss or series of disasters,
accidents or losses arising out of one event which occurs within
the Territory as defined in Article V. of this Agreement.  However,
the duration and extent of any one Loss Occurrence shall be limited
to all individual losses sustained by the Company occurring during
any period of 168 consecutive hours arising out of and directly
occasioned by the same event, except that the term "Loss
Occurrence" shall be further defined as follows:

     1.   AS REGARDS WINDSTORM, HAIL, TORNADO, HURRICANE, CYCLONE,
          INCLUDING ENSUING COLLAPSE AND WATER DAMAGE, all
          individual losses sustained by the Company occurring
          during any period of 72 consecutive hours arising out of
          and directly occasioned by the same event.

<PAGE> 164

     2.   AS REGARDS RIOT, RIOT ATTENDING A STRIKE, CIVIL
          COMMOTION, VANDALISM AND MALICIOUS MISCHIEF, all
          individual losses sustained by the Company occurring
          during any period of 72 consecutive hours within the area
          of one municipality or county and the municipalities or
          counties contiguous thereto arising out of and directly
          occasioned by the same event.  The maximum duration of 72
          consecutive hours may be extended in respect of
          individual losses which occur beyond such 72 consecutive
          hours during the continued occupation of an insured's
          premises by strikers, provided such occupation commenced
          during the aforesaid period.

     3.   AS REGARDS EARTHQUAKE (THE EPICENTER OF WHICH NEED NOT
          NECESSARILY BE WITHIN THE TERRITORIAL CONFINES REFERRED
          TO IN THE OPENING PARAGRAPH OF THIS ARTICLE) AND FIRE
          FOLLOWING DIRECTLY OCCASIONED BY THE EARTHQUAKE, only
          those individual fire losses which commence during the
          period of 168 consecutive hours may be included in the
          Company's Loss Occurrence.

     4.   AS REGARDS "FREEZE", only individual losses directly
          occasioned by collapse, breakage of glass and water
          damage (caused by bursting of frozen pipes and tanks) may
          be included in the Company's Loss Occurrence.

For all those "Loss Occurrences" the Company may choose the date
and time when any such period of consecutive hours commences
provided that it is not earlier than the date and time of the
occurrence of the first recorded individual loss sustained by the
Company arising out of that disaster, accident or loss and provided
that only one such period of 168 consecutive hours shall apply with
respect to one event, except for those "Loss Occurrences" referred
to in subparagraphs 1 and 2 above, where only one such period of 72
consecutive hours shall apply with respect to one event, regardless
of the duration of the event.

No individual losses occasioned by an event that would be covered
by a 72 hours clause may be included in any "Loss Occurrence"
claimed under the 168 hours provision.


Article VIII.       Ultimate Net Loss.

The term "Ultimate Net Loss" wherever used in this Agreement shall
mean:

     1.   the actual loss or losses paid by the Company, plus

     2.   expenses of litigation (if any) not otherwise excluded
          hereunder, plus

<PAGE> 165

     3.   all other loss expenses of the Company (excluding office
          expenses and salaries of officials of the Company except
          in the case of field claim adjusters or staff attorneys,
          and then only when the time spent by any adjuster or
          staff attorney is definitely allocated to a specific
          claim or specific catastrophe), less

     4.   salvages and/or recoveries (if any) as determined in
          accordance with Article XI. of this Agreement,
          Subrogation and Salvage, less

     5.   recoveries from all other reinsurances effected by the
          Company relating to the business described in Article I,
          whether collected or not (except that the Company is
          permitted to carry underlying Catastrophe reinsurance,
          recoveries under which shall inure to the Company's sole
          benefit), all relating to any one Loss Occurrence.      
                                                   
   
All salvages, recoveries or payments recovered or received
subsequent to a loss settlement under this Agreement shall be
applied as if recovered or received prior to the aforesaid
settlement, and all necessary adjustments shall be made by the
parties hereto. 

It is understood and agreed that the Company shall have the benefit
of underlying catastrophe excess of loss reinsurance, recoveries
under which shall inure to the sole benefit of the Company.   

Nothing in this Article, however, shall be construed as meaning
that losses are not recoverable from the Reinsurer until the
Ultimate Net Loss to the Company has been ascertained.


Article IX.         Net Retained Lines.

This Agreement applies only to that portion of any insurance or
reinsurance which the Company retains net for its own account.  In
calculating the amount of any loss hereunder and also in computing
the amount or amounts in excess of which this Agreement attaches,
only loss or losses in respect of that portion of any insurance or
reinsurance which the Company retains net for its own account shall
be included.

The amount of the Reinsurer's liability hereunder in respect of any
loss or losses shall not be increased by reason of the inability of
the Company to collect from any other reinsurers, whether specific
or general, any amounts which may have become due from them,
whether such inability arises from the insolvency of such other
reinsurers or otherwise.

<PAGE> 166

Article X.          Claims.

The Company shall give immediate notice to the Reinsurer of any
Loss Occurrence which they have reason to believe could involve
this Agreement.   
      
The Company shall furthermore keep the Reinsurer informed of all
developments likely to affect any payment by the Reinsurer under
this Agreement.

The Company may commence, continue, defend, settle or withdraw from
actions, suits or prosecutions and generally do all such things
relating to any Loss Occurrence in which the Reinsurer is
interested as, in the Company's judgment, may be beneficial or
expedient to both parties.  While the Reinsurer is not obligated to
do so, the Reinsurer shall nevertheless be afforded the right to
associate, solely in its discretion and at its own expense, in the
defense, resistance or settlement of any claims arising from a Loss
Occurrence which may possibly give rise to a claim hereunder.

All settlements made by the Company, provided same are within the
original terms of the policies reinsured hereunder and the terms of
this Agreement, shall be unconditionally binding upon the
Reinsurer.  The share of the Reinsurer in any settlement shall be
payable by the Reinsurer to the Company upon receipt by the
Reinsurer of proof of loss satisfactory to the Reinsurer.


Article XI.         Salvage and Subrogation.

(A)  The Reinsurer shall be subrogated, as respects any Ultimate
Net Loss for which the Reinsurer shall actually pay or become
liable to pay, but only to the extent of the amounts of payment by,
or the amount of liability of, the Reinsurer, to all rights of the
Company against any person or other entity who may be legally
responsible in damages for said Ultimate Net Loss.  The Company
hereby agrees to enforce such rights.  In the event the Company
shall fail or neglect to do so, the Reinsurer is hereby authorized
and empowered to bring any appropriate action in the name of the
Company or insured under a reinsurance contract or insurance policy
reinsured hereunder to enforce such rights.

(B)  In determining the amount of recoveries, salvages or
reimbursements, there shall first be deducted from any amount
recovered the expenses incurred in effecting the recovery
(excluding salaries and expenses of officers and employees of the
Company).  Once such expense has been paid, any rights of
subrogation, recoveries, salvages or reimbursements applying to
Loss Occurrences reinsured under this Agreement shall always be
used to reimburse the reinsurers excess of Reinsurer (from the last
to the first, beginning with the reinsurer of the last excess)
according their participation, before being 

<PAGE> 167

used in any way to reimburse the Reinsurer.  The Company shall
recover for the Retention from recoveries, salvages or reimbursements
only after the Reinsurer has been reimbursed in full for its Ultimate
Net Loss reimbursement payment.

(C)  All salvages, recoveries or reimbursements, after deduction of
all expenses allowed under Paragraph B of this Article applicable
thereto, recovered or received subsequent to an Ultimate Net Loss
reimbursement by the Reinsurer under this Agreement shall be
applied as if recovered or received prior to the aforesaid
settlement and all necessary adjustments shall be made by the
parties hereto; provided that nothing in this Article shall be
construed to mean that Ultimate Net Losses under this Agreement are
not recoverable until all salvage, recovery and reimbursement has
been determined.


Article XII.        Audit and Inspection.

The duly authorized representative of the Reinsurer, at all
reasonable times during the Period of this Agreement (and
thereafter to the extent of any interest expressed by the Reinsurer
in the business reinsured hereunder) shall have access at the
offices of the Company to all records of the Company which pertain
in any way to this Agreement or the subject matter thereof,
provided always that the Reinsurer shall have given to the Company
prior written notice of their desire to obtain information.


Article XIII.       Errors and Omissions.

Any inadvertent error, omission or delay in complying with the
terms and conditions of this Agreement shall not be held to relieve
or increase the liability of either party hereto.  Upon discovery
of such an incident, rectification shall be made as soon as
reasonably practicable, following which the position of the parties
shall be as though the incident had not occurred.


Article XIV.        Insolvency. 

The portion of any risk or obligation assumed by the Reinsurer,
when such portion is ascertained, shall be payable on demand of the
Company at the same time as the Company shall pay its net retained
portion of such risk or obligation, with reasonable provision of
verification before payment, and the reinsurance shall be payable
by the Reinsurer, on the basis of the liability of the Company
under the contract or contracts reinsured without diminution
because of the insolvency of the Company.

In the event of the insolvency of the Company and the appointment
of a conservator, 

<PAGE> 168

liquidator, receiver or statutory successor of the Company, this
reinsurance shall be payable directly to such conservator,
liquidator, receiver or statutory successor
immediately upon demand, with reasonable provision for
verification, on the basis of claims allowed against the insolvent
company by any court of competent jurisdiction or by any
conservator, liquidator, receiver or statutory successor of the
Company having authority to allow such claims, without diminution
because of such insolvency or because such conservator, liquidator,
receiver or statutory successor has failed to pay all or a portion
of any claim.  It is agreed, however, that the conservator,
liquidator, receiver or statutory successor of the Company shall
give written notice to the Reinsurer of the pendency of a claim
against the Company indicating the policy or bond reinsured which
claim would involve a possible liability on the part of the
Reinsurer within a reasonable time after such claim is filed in the
conservation or liquidation proceeding or in the receivership.  It
is furthermore agreed that during the pendency of such claim, the
Reinsurer may investigate such claim and interpose, at its own
expense, in the proceeding where such claim is to be adjudicated
any defense or defenses that it may deem available to the Company
or its conservator, liquidator, receiver or statutory successor. 
The expense thus incurred by the Reinsurer shall be chargeable,
subject to the approval of the court, against the Company as part
of the expense of conservation or liquidation to the extent of a
pro rata share of the benefit which may accrue to the Company
solely as a result of the defense undertaken by the Reinsurer.

Where two or more Reinsurers on this Contract are involved in the
same claim and a majority in interest elect to interpose defense to
such claim, the expense shall be apportioned in accordance with the
terms of this Contract as though such expense had been incurred by
the Company.

As to all reinsurance made, ceded, renewed or otherwise becoming
effective under this Contract, the reinsurance shall be payable as
set forth above by the Reinsurer to the Company or to its
conservator, liquidator, receiver or statutory successor, except:

     1.   as provided by Sections 4118(a)(1)(A) and 1114(c) of the
          New York Insurance Law, or

     2.   where the original contract of insurance or reinsurance
          specifically provides another payee in the event of the
          insolvency of the Company; and where the Reinsurer, with
          the consent of the direct insured or insureds, has
          assumed such policy obligations of the Company as direct
          obligations of the Reinsurer to the payees under such
          policies and in substitution for the obligations of the
          Company to such payees.  Then, and in that event only,
          the Company, with the prior approval of the certificate
          of assumption on New York risks by the Superintendent of
          Insurance of the State of New York, is entirely released
          from its obligation and the Reinsurer pays any loss

<PAGE> 169

          directly to payees under such policy.


Article XV.         Non-Waiver.

The failure of the Company or the Reinsurer to insist on strict
compliance with this Agreement, or to exercise any right or remedy
hereunder, shall not constitute a waiver of any rights contained
herein nor estop the parties from thereafter demanding full and
complete compliance nor prevent the parties from exercising such
remedy in the future.


Article XVI.        Modifications.

Any mutually agreed modifications to this Agreement shall be
binding on both parties and shall be deemed to form a part of this
Agreement only when signed by an authorized representative of each
party.


Article XVII.       Offset.

The Reinsured or the Reinsurer may offset any balance(s), including
but not limited to offsetting premium and claims payments, which
may become due and owing hereunder.  This offset right shall apply
regardless of whether the balances arose on account of premium,
commission, claims, losses, loss adjustment expense, salvage or any
other amount(s) due from one party to the other under this
Agreement or under any other agreement heretofore or hereafter
entered into between the Company and the Reinsurer.  This right of
offset shall apply regardless of whether either party was acting as
assuming reinsurer or ceding reinsured or was acting in any other
capacity related or not related to reinsurance.


Article XVIII. Currency.

Whenever the word "Dollars" and/or the sign "$" appears in this
Agreement, it shall be understood to mean United States Dollars.

Where the Company receives premiums or pays losses in currencies
other than United States Dollars, such premiums and losses shall be
converted into United States Dollars at the actual rates of
exchange at which such premiums or losses are entered on the
Company's books.

<PAGE> 170

Article XIX.        Taxes.

In consideration of the terms under which this Agreement is issued,
the Company undertakes not to claim any deduction in respect of the
premium hereon when making tax returns, other than Income or
Profits Tax returns, to any State or Territory or the District of
Columbia. 


Article XX.         No Third Party Rights.

In no event shall anyone other than the Reinsurer of the Company
(or its statutory successor as set forth in Article XVI. hereof)
have any rights under this Agreement. 


Article XXI.        Arbitration.

This Article shall form a separate Agreement between the Company
and the Reinsurer from the main Property Catastrophe Excess of Loss
Reinsurance Agreement.

All matters in difference in relation to this reinsurance,
including its formation and validity and whether arising during or
after the period of this reinsurance, shall be submitted to binding
arbitration for resolution.

The dispute shall be submitted to three arbitrators, one to be
chosen by each party, and the third by the two so chosen.  The
party requesting arbitration (petitioner) shall mail to the other
party (respondent) a written demand of arbitration naming its
arbitrator.  The respondent shall appoint its arbitrator within
thirty days of receipt of the demand.  If the respondent refuses or
neglects to appoint its arbitrator within that time, the claimant
shall appoint a second arbitrator.  If the two arbitrators fail
otherwise to agree in the selection of the third arbitrator (the
umpire), they shall within thirty days of their appointment each
nominate three, of whom the other shall decline two and the
decision shall be made by drawing lots.

All members of the arbitration panel shall be active or retired
disinterested officers of insurance or reinsurance companies or
Underwriters at Lloyd's of London.  The arbitration panel shall
interpret this reinsurance agreement as an honorable engagement and
not only as a legal obligation.  They are relieved of all judicial
formalities and may abstain from following strict rules of law. 
They shall make their decision with a view to effecting the general
purpose of this reinsurance agreement and the mutual intentions of
the parties thereto in a reasonable manner.  Unless otherwise
mutually agreed or directed by the arbitration panel, the seat of
the arbitration shall be the city in which the Company's head
office is located.

<PAGE> 171

The arbitration panel shall have authority to fix all procedural
rules for the holding of the arbitration including discretionary
power to make orders as to any matters which it may consider proper
in the circumstances of the case with regard to scheduling,
pleadings, discovery, inspection of documents, examination of
witnesses and any other matter whatsoever relating to the conduct
of the arbitration and may receive and act upon such evidence
whether oral or written strictly admissible or not as it shall in
its discretion deem fit.  The panel shall render a written decision
within sixty days of the matter being referred to them for
deliberations.

Each party shall bear their own expenses and costs and the costs of
its arbitrator, and the parties shall share equally in the costs of
the umpire and the hearing.  The arbitration panel may not award
exemplary, punitive, multiple or other damages of a similar nature.

The award of the arbitration panel shall be in writing and binding
upon the parties who covenant to carry out the same.  If either of
the parties should fail to carry out any award, the other may apply
for its enforcement to any court of competent jurisdiction in any
territory in which the party in default is domiciled or has assets
or carries on business.





IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement
to be executed in duplicate by their duly authorized
representatives.

This 14th day of March        , 1995     by  20TH CENTURY INSURANCE COMPANY
     ----        -------------  -------      21ST CENTURY CASUALTY COMPANY

                                         by: Charles I. Petit
                                             -----------------------------
                                             Vice President


and this 8th  day of March         , 1995    by NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY
         ----        --------------  -------
                                   
                                         by: Brian G. Snoven             
                                             -----------------------------
                                             Asst. Vice President


<PAGE> 172

                            AMENDMENT NO. 2
                            ---------------

     This Amendment (this "Amendment") is entered into as of December
31, 1994 by and among 20th Century Industries, a California corporation
(the "Borrower"), Union Bank, individually and as Agent, The First
National Bank of Chicago, individually and as Documentary Agent, and the
other financial institutions signatory hereto.

                               RECITALS
                               --------
     A.   The Borrower, the Agent, the Documentary Agent and the Lenders
are party to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of June 30, 1994 (as
heretofore amended, the "Credit Agreement").  Unless otherwise specified
herein, each capitalized term used and not otherwise defined in this
Amendment shall have the meaning ascribed to it by the Credit Agreement.

     B.   The Borrower, the Agents and the Lenders wish to amend the
Credit Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth below.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual execution hereof and
other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as
follows:

          1.   Amendment of Credit Agreement.  The Credit Agreement is
               -----------------------------
hereby amended as follows: 

               (a)  The definition of "Applicable ABR Margin" in Article
                                                                 -------
     I is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

               "'Applicable ABR Margin' means (a) 0.5% during
                 ---------------------
          Period I, (b) 1.5% during Period II, (c) .75% during
          Period III and (d) 0.25% during Period IV; provided,
                                                     --------
          however, that for the period from and including January
          1, 1995 to and including March 31, 1995 the Applicable
          ABR Margin shall be 2.0%."

               (b)  The definition of "Applicable Eurodollar Margin" in
     Article I is amended in its entirety to read as follows:
     ---------
               "'Applicable Eurodollar Margin'" means (a) 2.5%
                 ----------------------------
          during Period II, (b) 1.75% during Period III and (c)
          1.25% during Period IV; provided, however, that for the
                                  -----------------
          period from and including January 1, 1995 to and
          including March 31, 1995 the Applicable Eurodollar Margin
          shall be 3.25%.  The Applicable Eurodollar Margin may
          change during an Interest Period to the extent required
          by this definition."

               (c)  Section 6.23.1 is amended in its entirety to read as
                    --------------
     follows:

               "6.23.1 Surplus as Regards Policyholders. 
                       --------------------------------
          Commencing June 30, 1994 (after giving effect to the
          application of the proceeds of the Loans) and determined
          as at the end of each calendar quarter (commencing as of
          such date), at all times after the date hereof, maintain

<PAGE> 173

          an aggregate Surplus as Regards Policyholders of at least
          (a) $200 million in the case of the calendar quarter
          ending December 31, 1994, (b) $225 million in the case of
          the calendar quarter ending March 31, 1995 and (c) $250
          million in the case of all other calendar quarters."

               (d)  The reference in Section 6.23.2 to "4.50 to 1.00"
                                     --------------
     with respect to the period "6/30/94 - 6/30/95" is replaced with a
     reference to "5.00 to 1.00".

               (e)  Section 6.23.3 is amended in its entirety to read as
                    --------------
     follows:

               "6.23.3 Coverage Ratio.  As of the end of each
                       --------------
          fiscal quarter of the Borrower ending on or after March
          31, 1995, maintain a ratio (the "Coverage Ratio") of (a)
                                           --------------
          the sum of (i) the amount of cash and cash equivalents of
          the Borrower, on a non-consolidated basis, as of the end
          of such fiscal quarter plus (ii) consolidated Statutory
          Net Income of the Insurance Subsidiaries for the most
          recent four fiscal quarters (or lesser number of fiscal
          quarters specified below) then ended to (b) the amount of
          principal and interest on all Indebtedness of the
          Borrower (other than repayments of principal on the Loans
          pursuant to Sections 2.6 or 2.7(b)) and cash dividends on
                      ------------    ------
          the Preferred Stock paid during the four fiscal quarters
          (or lesser number of fiscal quarters specified below)
          then ended of not less than 1.50 to 1.00; provided,
                                                    --------
          however, that for purposes of determining any of the
          -------
          foregoing amounts such amounts will be calculated for the
          fiscal quarter ending on March 31, 1995, for the two most
          recent fiscal quarters ending on June 30, 1995, for the
          three most recent fiscal quarters ending on September 30,
          1995, and, thereafter, on a four-quarter basis."

          2.   Representations and Warranties of the Borrower.  The
               ----------------------------------------------
Borrower represents and warrants that:

               (a)  The execution, delivery and performance by the
     Borrower of this Amendment has been duly authorized by all
     necessary corporate action on the part of the Borrower and does not
     (i) violate any law, rule or regulation, order, writ, judgment,
     injunction, decree or award binding on the Borrower or any
     Subsidiary or the Borrower's or any Subsidiary's articles or
     certificate of incorporation or bylaws, (ii) violate the provisions
     of or require the approval or consent of any party to any
     indenture, instrument or agreement to which the Borrower or any
     Subsidiary is a party or is subject or by which it, or its
     property, is bound, or (iii) conflict with or constitute a default
     thereunder or require the approval or consent of any Governmental
     Authority.

               (b)  This Amendment is a legal, valid and binding
     obligation of the Borrower enforceable against the Borrower in
     accordance with its terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be

<PAGE> 174

     subject to (i) the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
     reorganization, moratorium or similar law affecting creditors'
     rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity (regardless
     of whether such enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or
     at law); and

               (c)  No Default or Unmatured Default has occurred and is
     continuing.

               (d)  As of the date hereof, (i) each Insurance Subsidiary
     is in compliance with all applicable California or California
     Department of Insurance statutes, rules, regulations, orders and
     directives (each a "Legal Requirement") relative to minimum levels
     of Surplus as Regards Policyholders and (ii) to the best knowledge
     of the Borrower, there exists no Legal Requirement that between the
     date hereof and June 30, 1995 the aggregate Surplus as Regards
     Policyholders of the Borrower's Consolidated Insurance Subsidiaries
     exceed $200 million.

          3.   Effective Time.  This Amendment shall become effective
               --------------
upon its execution and delivery by the Borrower, the Agent, the
Documentary Agent and the Required Lenders (without respect to whether
it has been executed and delivered by all Lenders).

          4.   Reference to and Effect Upon the Credit Agreement.
               -------------------------------------------------
               (a)  Except as specifically amended above, the Credit
     Agreement and each other Loan Document shall remain in full force
     and effect and are hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed.

               (b)  The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this
     Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or
     remedy of the Agents or any Lender under the Credit Agreement or
     any Loan Document, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of the
     Credit Agreement or any Loan Document.

               (c)  From and after the effectiveness hereof, each
     reference in the Credit Agreement to "this Agreement", "hereunder",
     "hereof", "herein" or words of similar import shall mean and be a
     reference to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.

          5.   Costs and Expenses.  Without limiting its obligations
               ------------------
under Section 9.7 of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower affirms it has
agreed to reimburse the Agents for the reasonable fees and expenses of
Winston & Strawn incurred in connection with this Amendment.

          6.   GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND
               -------------
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS (AS OPPOSED TO CONFLICTS
OF LAWS PROVISIONS) OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK BUT GIVING EFFECT TO
FEDERAL LAWS APPLICABLE TO NATIONAL BANKS.

          7.   Headings.  Section headings in this Amendment are
               --------
included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not
constitute a part of this Amendment for any other purposes.

<PAGE> 175

          8.   Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed in any
               ------------
number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed
an original but all such counterparts shall constitute one and the same
instrument.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment
as of the date and year first above written.


UNION BANK, individually and       THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF
  as Agent                           CHICAGO, individually and as
                                     Documentary Agent


By:  Robert C Dawson               By:
   ----------------------------       ----------------------------

Its: VP                            Its:
   ----------------------------       ----------------------------

By:____________________________

Its:___________________________



THE BANK OF NEW YORK               BANK ONE, TEXAS, N.A.


By:____________________________    By:____________________________

Its:___________________________    Its:___________________________



FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK OF       SANWA BANK CALIFORNIA
  NORTH CAROLINA


By:____________________________    By:____________________________

Its:___________________________    Its:___________________________


SHAWMUT BANK CONNECTICUT, N.A.     20TH CENTURY INDUSTRIES



By:____________________________    By:____________________________

Its:___________________________    Its:___________________________

C:\DOCS\GSM\1STCHGO\20TH\AMEND-2.1
12-21-94/09:23am

<PAGE> 176

          8.   Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed in any
               ------------
number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed
an original but all such counterparts shall constitute one and the same
instrument.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment
as of the date and year first above written.


UNION BANK, individually and       THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF
  as Agent                           CHICAGO, individually and as
                                     Documentary Agent


By:____________________________    By:____________________________

Its:___________________________    Its:___________________________

By:____________________________

Its:___________________________



THE BANK OF NEW YORK               BANK ONE, TEXAS, N.A.


By:  Timothy J. Starbaugh          By:
   ----------------------------       ----------------------------

Its: Vice President                Its:
   ----------------------------       ----------------------------


FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK OF       SANWA BANK CALIFORNIA
  NORTH CAROLINA


By:____________________________    By:____________________________

Its:___________________________    Its:___________________________


SHAWMUT BANK CONNECTICUT, N.A.     20TH CENTURY INDUSTRIES



By:____________________________    By:____________________________

Its:___________________________    Its:___________________________

C:\DOCS\GSM\1STCHGO\20TH\AMEND-2.1
12-21-94/09:23am

<PAGE> 177

          8.   Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed in any
               ------------
number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed
an original but all such counterparts shall constitute one and the same
instrument.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment
as of the date and year first above written.


UNION BANK, individually and       THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF
  as Agent                           CHICAGO, individually and as
                                     Documentary Agent


By:____________________________    By:____________________________

Its:___________________________    Its:___________________________

By:____________________________

Its:___________________________



THE BANK OF NEW YORK               BANK ONE, TEXAS, N.A.


By:____________________________    By:____________________________

Its:___________________________    Its:___________________________



FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK OF       SANWA BANK CALIFORNIA
  NORTH CAROLINA


By:____________________________    By:____________________________

Its:___________________________    Its:___________________________


SHAWMUT BANK CONNECTICUT, N.A.     20TH CENTURY INDUSTRIES


By:  Timothy B. Brown              By:
   ----------------------------       ----------------------------

Its: Assistant Vice President      Its:
   ----------------------------       ----------------------------

C:\DOCS\GSM\1STCHGO\20TH\AMEND-2.1
12-21-94/09:23am

<PAGE> 178

          8.   Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed in any
               ------------
number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed
an original but all such counterparts shall constitute one and the same
instrument.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment
as of the date and year first above written.


UNION BANK, individually and       THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF
  as Agent                           CHICAGO, individually and as
                                     Documentary Agent


By:                                By: Paul T. Schultz
   ----------------------------       ----------------------------

Its:                               Its: Vice President
   ----------------------------       ----------------------------

By:____________________________

Its:___________________________



THE BANK OF NEW YORK               BANK ONE, TEXAS, N.A.


By:____________________________    By:____________________________

Its:___________________________    Its:___________________________



FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK OF       SANWA BANK CALIFORNIA
  NORTH CAROLINA


By:____________________________    By:____________________________

Its:___________________________    Its:___________________________


SHAWMUT BANK CONNECTICUT, N.A.     20TH CENTURY INDUSTRIES



By:____________________________    By:____________________________

Its:___________________________    Its:___________________________

C:\DOCS\GSM\1STCHGO\20TH\AMEND-2.1
12-21-94/09:23am


<PAGE> 179

          8.   Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed in any
               ------------
number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed
an original but all such counterparts shall constitute one and the same
instrument.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment
as of the date and year first above written.


UNION BANK, individually and       THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF
  as Agent                           CHICAGO, individually and as
                                     Documentary Agent


By:____________________________    By:____________________________

Its:___________________________    Its:___________________________

By:____________________________

Its:___________________________



THE BANK OF NEW YORK               BANK ONE, TEXAS, N.A.


By:____________________________    By:____________________________

Its:___________________________    Its:___________________________



FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK OF       SANWA BANK CALIFORNIA
  NORTH CAROLINA


By:                                By: Richard H. Palmer
   ----------------------------       ----------------------------

Its:                               Its: Vice President
   ----------------------------       ----------------------------


SHAWMUT BANK CONNECTICUT, N.A.     20TH CENTURY INDUSTRIES


By:____________________________    By:____________________________

Its:___________________________    Its:___________________________

C:\DOCS\GSM\1STCHGO\20TH\AMEND-2.1
12-21-94/09:23am


<PAGE> 180

          8.   Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed in any
               ------------
number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed
an original but all such counterparts shall constitute one and the same
instrument.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment
as of the date and year first above written.


UNION BANK, individually and       THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF
  as Agent                           CHICAGO, individually and as
                                     Documentary Agent


By:____________________________    By:____________________________

Its:___________________________    Its:___________________________

By:____________________________

Its:___________________________



THE BANK OF NEW YORK               BANK ONE, TEXAS, N.A.


By:____________________________    By:____________________________

Its:___________________________    Its:___________________________



FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK OF       SANWA BANK CALIFORNIA
  NORTH CAROLINA


By:____________________________    By:____________________________

Its:___________________________    Its:___________________________


SHAWMUT BANK CONNECTICUT, N.A.     20TH CENTURY INDUSTRIES


By:                                By: Neil H. Ashley 
   ----------------------------       ----------------------------

Its:                               Its: C E O         
   ----------------------------       ----------------------------

C:\DOCS\GSM\1STCHGO\20TH\AMEND-2.1
12-21-94/09:23am

<PAGE> 181

                             WAIVER
                             ------
      This  Waiver ("Waiver") is  dated as of  March 15, 1995  by and among 20th
Century  Industries,  a  California  corporation  (the  "Borrower"), Union Bank,
individually and as Agent, The First National Bank of Chicago, individually  and
as Documentary Agent, and the other financial institutions signatory hereto.

                            RECITALS
                            --------
      A.    The Borrower, the Agent,  the Documentary Agent and  the Lenders are
party to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of June 30, 1994 (as  previously
amended,  the  "Credit  Agreement").    Unless  otherwise specified herein, each
capitalized term used in  this Waiver shall have  the meaning ascribed to  it by
the Credit Agreement.

      B.    The Agents and the  Lenders wish to waive  certain provisions of the
Credit Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth below.

     NOW, THEREFORE,  in consideration of the mutual execution hereof  and other
good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto agrees as follows:

          1.   Waiver.  The Lenders hereby waive any Default under
               ------
Section 6.10 of the Credit Agreement arising solely out of the payment of up  to
------------
$4.5 million of dividends  on the Preferred Stock  during the month of  March of
1995.

          2.   Representations and Warranties of the Borrower.  As an
               ----------------------------------------------
inducement to the Lenders to grant the foregoing waiver, the Borrower represents
and warrants that:

                   (a)  The execution, delivery and performance by the  Borrower
   of this Waiver has been  duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on
   the  part  of  the  Borrower  and  does  not  (i)  violate  any  law, rule or
   regulation, order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree or award binding on the
   Borrower or any Subsidiary or the Borrower's or any Subsidiary's articles  or
   certificate of  incorporation or  bylaws, (ii)  violate the  provisions of or
   require the approval or consent of any party to any indenture, instrument  or
   agreement to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is a party or is subject or
   by which it, or its property,  is bound, (iii) conflict with or  constitute a
   default  thereunder  or  (iv)  require   the  approval  or  consent  of   any
   Governmental Authority.
   
                   (b)  This Waiver is a legal, valid and binding obligation  of
   the Borrower enforceable against the  Borrower in accordance with its  terms,
   except as the  enforcement thereof may  be subject to  (i) the effect  of any
   applicable bankruptcy,insolvency, reorganization,  moratorium or similar  law
   affecting creditors' rights

<PAGE> 182
   
   generally and (ii) general principles  of equity (regardless of whether  such
   enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).
   
                     (c)   No Default or  Unmatured Default has occurred  and is
   continuing.
   
                   (d)   The representations and warranties of the Borrower  set
   forth in Article V of the Credit Agreement are true and correct on and as  of
            ---------
   the date hereof except to the extent that such representations and warranties
   specifically relate to an earlier date.
   
          3.   Effective Time.  This Waiver shall become effective at such
               --------------
time as this Waiver has been executed and delivered by the Borrower, the  Agents
and the Required Lenders without respect to whether it has been executed by  all
the Lenders.

          4.   Effect Upon the Credit Agreement.  The execution, delivery and
               --------------------------------
effectiveness of this Waiver shall not  operate as a waiver of any  right, power
or remedy of  the Agents or  any Lender under  the Credit Agreement  or any Loan
Document, nor constitute a  waiver of any provision  of the Credit Agreement  or
any Loan Document, except as specifically set forth herein.  Subject only to
waivers pursuant to the express terms of Section 1 above, the Lenders  expressly
reserve any and all rights and  remedies they may have under the  Loan Documents
with respect to any and all existing or future Defaults and Unmatured Defaults.

          5.   Costs and Expenses.  Without limiting its obligations under
               ------------------
Section 9.7  of the  Credit Agreement,  the Borrower  affirms it  has agreed  to
-----------
reimburse the Agents for the reasonable fees and expenses of Winston & Strawn in
connection with this Waiver.

          6.   GOVERNING LAW.  THIS WAIVER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED
               -------------
IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH  THE  INTERNAL  LAWS  (AS  OPPOSED  TO  CONFLICTS  OF  LAWS
PROVISIONS)  OF  THE  STATE  OF  NEW  YORK  BUT  GIVING  EFFECT  TO FEDERAL LAWS
APPLICABLE TO NATIONAL BANKS.

          7.   Headings.  Section headings in this Waiver are included herein
               --------
for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Waiver
for any other purposes.

          8.   Counterparts.  This Waiver may be executed in any number of
               ------------
counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed an original but all
such counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument.

                    [signature page follows]
<PAGE> 183

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the  parties have executed this Waiver as of  the
date and year first above written.


UNION BANK, individually and            THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF
 as Agent                                CHICAGO, individually and as
                                         Documentary Agent

By:                                By:
    ------------------------            --------------------------

Its:                               Its:
    ------------------------            --------------------------

By:
    ------------------------            --------------------------

Its:
    ------------------------            --------------------------


THE BANK OF NEW YORK               BANK ONE, TEXAS, N.A.

By:                                By:
    ------------------------            --------------------------

Its:                               Its:
    ------------------------            --------------------------


FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK OF       SANWA BANK CALIFORNIA
  NORTH CAROLINA


By:                                By:
    ------------------------            --------------------------

Its:                               Its:
    ------------------------            --------------------------


SHAWMUT BANK CONNECTICUT, N.A.     20TH CENTURY INDUSTRIES


By:                                By:   William L. Mellick
   ------------------------            --------------------------
Its:                               Its:  President & CEO
   ------------------------            --------------------------



C:\DOCS\GSM\1STCHGO\20TH\WAIVER.1
3-13-95/11:09am

<PAGE> 184

                               AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO
                  INVESTMENT AND STRATEGIC ALLIANCE AGREEMENT

This Amendment No. 1 to Investment and Strategic Alliance Agreement  ("Amendment
No. 1") is  made and entered  into this 23rd  day of March,  1995 by and between
20th Century Industries, a corporation organized and existing under the laws  of
the State of California (the "Company"), and American International Group, Inc.,
a corporation organized  and existing under  the laws of  the State of  Delaware
(the "Investor").

                                R E C I T A L S
                                - - - - - - - -
               
               WHEREAS, the Company and the Investor entered into an  Investment
and Strategic Alliance Agreement (the "Agreement") on October 17, 1994, pursuant
to which the Company issued to affiliates of the Investor (a) 200,000 shares  of
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, stated value $1,000 per share, having  the
rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions set forth in the Certificate of
Determination  of  the  Company  (the  "Series  A Certificate of Determination")
governing the  Series A  Convertible Preferred  Stock (the  "Series A  Preferred
Shares"), and (b) 16,000,000 Series  A Warrants, each exercisable for  one share
of Common  Stock, no  par value,  of the  Company ("Common  Stock"), subject  to
adjustment, having the terms set  forth in a Warrant Certificate  dated December
16, 1994 (the "Warrant Certificate") (the "Series A Warrants");
               
               WHEREAS,  on  January  27,  1995,  the  California  Department of
Insurance  (the  "DOI")  and  the  Company  entered  into a Stipulation, and, on
January  28,  1995,  the  DOI  issued  an  Order under California Insurance Code
Sections 1065.1  and 1065.2,  pursuant to  which the  DOI has  required that the
Company  raise  an  additional  $50  million  of capital for contribution to the
Company's insurance subsidiaries (the "DOI Capital Requirement"), the first  $30
million of which must be raised by March 31, 1995 and the remaining $20  million
of which must be raised by December 31, 1995; and
               
               WHEREAS, the  Company and  the Investor  have agreed  upon a  $20
million capital contribution to the Company by the Investor to fund a portion of
the  DOI  Capital  Requirement,  in  exchange  for  which the Company will issue
additional Series A Preferred Shares to the Investor pursuant to Section 4.3  of
the Agreement, and, in connection therewith, the Company and the Investor desire
to amend Section 4.3 of the Agreement as set forth herein.
               
                               A G R E E M E N T
                               - - - - - - - - -
               
               NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the  receipt
of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
               
               Section 1.  Issuance of Series A Preferred Shares.  Concurrently
                           -------------------------------------
with the execution  of this Amendment  No. 1, the  Investor is contributing  $20
million  to  the  Company  pursuant  to  Section  4.3 of the Agreement to fund a
portion of  the DOI  Capital Requirement.   The  Company and  the Investor agree
that, notwithstanding the formula set  forth in Section 4.3 for  determining the
number of Series A Preferred Shares to  be issued to the Investor in respect  of
such contribution, the Investor and the Company agree that, in consideration for
such contribution, the Company shall issue to the Investor 20,000

<PAGE> 185

Series A Preferred  Shares, having an  aggregate liquidation value  equal to the
amount contributed to the Company by the Investor.

               Section 2.  Amendment.  In order to memorialize the agreement of
                           ---------
the Company and the Investor to modify the formula for determining the number of
Series A Preferred Shares to be issued in respect of the Investor's $20  million
contribution to the Company, Section 4.3  of the Agreement is hereby amended  to
read in its entirety as follows:
                     
                         "Section   4.3      Investor   Contribution  and
               Additional  Shares;  Adjustment   to  Series  A   Warrants
               Exercise  Price.    If  at  any  time (before or after the
               Closing Date)  there shall  be any  Excess Loss  Amount as
               defined above, the Investor shall, if requested in writing
               by the Company after the Closing Date (and subject to  the
               Closing  hereunder),  contribute  to  the  capital  of the
               Company at  the request  of the  Company, in  whole or  in
               part, an  amount up  to the  lesser of  (i) $70,000,000 or
               (ii) the Excess Loss Amount (the "Investor Contribution").
               In consideration for the first $20 million of the Investor
               Contribution  pursuant  to  this  Section  4.3  (the  "$20
               Million  Contribution"),  the  Company  shall issue to the
               Investor  that  number  of  fully  paid  and nonassessable
               Series A Preferred Shares having an aggregate  liquidation
               value  equal  to  $20  million.    In consideration of the
               contribution of the remainder of the Investor Contribution
               following  the  $20  Million  Contribution (the "Remaining
               Investor Contribution"),  the Company  shall issue  to the
               Investor  that  number  of  fully  paid  and nonassessable
               Series A Preferred Shares having an aggregate  liquidation
               value equal to  (x) the amount  of the Remaining  Investor
               Contribution plus (y) an  amount equal to the  product of,
               (1) the Remaining Investor Contribution, (2) 0.65 and  (3)
               the quotient of (I) the  number of shares of Common  Stock
               beneficially owned or obtainable  by the Investor and  its
               affiliates  by  virtue  of  ownership  of  the  Series   A
               Preferred Shares (including any additional shares actually
               issued by  virtue of  the provision  permitting payment of
               dividends in kind  on the Series  A Preferred Shares)  and
               the Series A Warrants  and conversion or exercise  thereof
               divided by (II) the sum of (A) the total number of  shares
               of Common Stock of the Company outstanding at the date  of
               this Agreement plus (B)  the number of shares  referred to
               in (I); provided, however, that the aggregate  liquidation
               value of any Series A Preferred Shares issued pursuant  to
               this sentence  (without taking  into account  any Series A
               Preferred Shares  issuable as  a dividend  in kind  on any
               outstanding Series  A Preferred  Shares) shall  not exceed
               $63.2474 million.  The amount represented as "(y)" in  the
               above  formula   is  designed   to  represent   Investor's
               proportional  share  of   the  Company's  after-tax   loss
               resulting  from  the  Excess  Loss  Amount.     Successive
               contributions under this  Section 4.3 for  partial amounts
               reflecting development over time shall be permitted,  with
               minimum cash contributions prior to the final contribution
               being for no less than $10 million.  In the event that the
               Excess Loss Amount exceeds $95,000,000, the exercise

<PAGE> 186
               
               
               price  of  the  Series  A  Warrants  shall  be  reduced as
               provided in the Series A Warrants."
               
               Section 3.  Defined Terms.  Capitalized terms not otherwise
                           -------------
defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement.
               
               Section 4.  Reconfirmation of Agreement.  Except as otherwise
                           ---------------------------
provided herein, all of the terms  and provisions of the Agreement shall  remain
in full force and effect.
               
               Section 5.  Counterparts.  This Amendment No. 1 shall be executed
                          ------------
in any number of counterparts, each of  which shall be deemed to be one  and the
same instrument.
               
               IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Company and  the Investor have  executed
this Amendment No. 1 as of the date first above written.
                              
                              
                              20TH CENTURY INDUSTRIES
                              
                              
                              By: William L. Mellick
                                  _____________________________________
                                   Title:  President & Chief Executive Officer
                              
                              
                              
                              AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.
                              
                              
                              By: Robert M. Sandler
                                  _____________________________________
                                   Title:  Senior Vice President
                              
                                  Kathleen E. Shannon
                              By: _____________________________________
                                   Title:  Secretary
                              

<PAGE> 187

               THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

<PAGE> 188

                QUOTA SHARE REINSURANCE AGREEMENT
                             between
                 20TH CENTURY INSURANCE COMPANY
           (hereinafter referred to as the "Company")
                               and
        NEW HAMPSHIRE INSURANCE COMPANY (the "Reinsurer")




PREAMBLE

     The Reinsurer hereby agrees to reinsure the Company in respect
of the Company's net liability under all policies, contracts and
binders of insurance (hereafter referred to as "policies") issued
during the term of this Agreement subject to the following terms
and conditions:

                            ARTICLE I
TERM

     This Agreement shall be effective from 12:01 A.M., pacific
standard time, January 1, 1995 and shall remain continuously in
force through December 31, 1999.  The Reinsurer has the option to
renew this Agreement annually for four additional years by
notifying the Company prior to December 31, 1999 or prior to the
expiration date of any renewal.

                           ARTICLE II

PARTICIPATION
     
     The Company shall cede and the Reinsurer shall accept 10% of
the Company's net liability for losses on policies incepting during
the term of this Agreement.  As consideration, the Reinsurer shall
receive a 10% share of the net written premiums, less ceding
commission as described in Article III, generated by such policies. 
In the event the Reinsurer elects to renew this Agreement for
annual periods following December 31, 1999 the participation shall
be 8% on the first renewal, 6% on the second renewal, 4% on the
third renewal and 2% on the fourth renewal.

                           ARTICLE III
COMMISSION

     The Reinsurer shall allow the Company a commission of 10.8% of
the ceded written premium for policies with effective dates from
January 1, 1995 and through December 31, 1995.  For policies with
effective dates in each subsequent underwriting year, the
commission shall be equal to the rate of the Company's incurred
underwriting expenses (as recorded in the Company's statutory
statement) to net written premium for the prior calendar year.

<PAGE> 189

                           ARTICLE IV

REPORTS AND ACCOUNTS

     1.   The Company shall furnish within forty-five days after
the close of each calendar quarter an account reflecting the
following separately for each underwriting year:

     A.   Net written premium ceded during the quarter (credited).

     B.   Commission on the ceded premium (debited).

     C.   Net paid losses (debited).

     D.   Net paid adjustment expenses (debited).

     E.   Net outstanding losses.

     F.   Net unearned premium.

          If the balance of A through D is a credit such
          amount shall be remitted with the account.  If the     
          balance of A through D is a debit, the Reinsurer shall
          remit such amount within 15 days of receipt of the
          account.  Accounts by line of business shall also      
          be provided by the Company including the aforementioned
          information.
                            ARTICLE V
DEFINITION

     Underwriting year shall mean all policies with effective dates
from 12:01 A.M., pacific standard time, January 1st through
December 31st of each calendar year.

     Net written premium or net losses or net liability shall mean
the gross amount less deductions for all other reinsurance.

CURRENCY

     All premium and loss payments hereunder shall be in United
States currency.
                           ARTICLE VI
ACCESS TO RECORDS

     The Reinsurer or its duly appointed representatives shall have
free access at all reasonable times to such books and records of
those Divisions, Departments and Branch Offices of the Company
which are directly involved with the subject matter business of
this Agreement as shall reflect premium and loss transactions of
the Company for the purpose of obtaining any and all information
concerning this Agreement or the subject matter hereof.  All non-
public information provided in the course of the inspection shall
be kept confidential by the Reinsurer as against third parties.

<PAGE> 190

                           ARTICLE VII
INSOLVENCY

     The portion of any risk or obligation assumed by the
Reinsurer, when such portion is ascertained, shall be payable on
demand of the Company at the same time as the Company shall pay its
net retained portion of such risk or obligation, with reasonable
provision for verification before payment, and the reinsurance
shall be payable by the Reinsurer on the basis of the liability of
the Company under the contract or contracts reinsured without
diminution because of the insolvency of the Company.  In the event
of the insolvency of the Company, this reinsurance shall be payable
directly to the Company, or to its liquidator, receiver,
conservator or statutory successor.  Immediately upon demand, on
the basis of the liability of the Company without diminution
because of the insolvency of the Company or because the liquidator,
receiver, conservator or statutory successor of the Company has
failed to pay all or a portion of any claim.  It is agreed, however,
that the liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor
of the Company shall give written notice to the Reinsurer of the
pendency of a claim against the Company which would involve a
possible liability on the part of the Reinsurer, indicating the
policy or bond reinsured, within a reasonable time after such claim
is filed in the conservation or liquidation proceeding or in the
receivership.  It is further agreed that during the pendency of
such claim the Reinsurer may investigate such claim and interpose,
at its own expense, in the proceeding where such claim is to be
adjudicated, any defense or defenses that it may deem available to
the Company or its liquidator, receiver, conservator, or statutory
successor.  The expense thus incurred by the Reinsurer shall be
chargeable, subject to the approval of the Court, against the
Company as part of the expense of conservation or liquidation to
the extent of a pro rata share of the benefit which may accrue to
the Company solely as a result of the defense undertaken by the
Reinsurer.
                          ARTICLE VIII
ARBITRATION

A.   All disputes or differences arising out of the interpretation
of this Agreement shall be submitted to the decision of two
arbitrators, one to be chosen by each party, and in the event of
the arbitrators failing to agree, to the decision of an umpire to
be chosen by the arbitrators.  The arbitrators and umpire shall be
disinterested active or retired executive officials of fire or
casualty insurance or reinsurance companies or Underwriters at
Lloyd's, London.  If either of the parties fails to appoint an
arbitrator within one month after being required by the other party
in writing to do so, or if the arbitrators fail to appoint an
umpire within one month of a request in writing by either of them to
do so, such arbitrator or umpire, as the case may be, shall at the
request of either party be appointed by a Justice of the Supreme
Court of the State of New York.

B.   The arbitration proceeding shall take place in the city in
which the Company's Head Office is located.  The applicant shall
submit its case within one month after the appointment of the court
of arbitration, and the respondent shall submit its reply within
one month after the receipt of the claim.  The arbitrators and
umpire are relieved from all judicial formality and may abstain
from following the strict rules of law.  They shall settle any
dispute under the Agreement according to an equitable rather than
a strictly legal interpretation of its terms.
                                
C.   Their written decision shall be provided to both parties
within ninety days of the close of arbitration and shall be final
and not subject to appeal.

D.   Each party shall bear the expenses of his arbitrator and shall
jointly and equally share with the other the expenses of the umpire
and of the arbitration.

E.   This Article shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

<PAGE> 191

                           ARTICLE IX

ERRORS AND OMISSIONS

     Any inadvertent delay, omission or error shall not relieve
either party hereto from any liability which would attach to it
hereunder if such delay, omission or error had not been made,
provided such delay, omission or error is rectified immediately
upon discovery.

                            ARTICLE X

LOSS & LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSE

A.   The Company alone and at its full discretion shall adjust,
settle or compromise all claims and losses.  All such adjustments,
settlements, and compromises shall be binding on the Reinsurer in
proportion to its participation.  The Company shall likewise at its
sole discretion commence, continue, defend, compromise, settle or
withdraw from actions, suits or proceedings and generally do all
such matters and things relating to any claim or loss as in its
judgment may be beneficial or expedient, and all payments made and
costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith or in taking
legal advice therefor shall be shared by the Reinsurer
proportionately.  The Reinsurer shall, on the other hand, benefit
proportionately from all reductions of losses by salvage,
compromise or otherwise.

                           ARTICLE XI

EXTRA CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

     This Agreement shall protect the Company where the ultimate
net loss includes any extra contractual obligations.  The term
"extra contractual obligations" is defined as those liabilities not
covered under any other provision of the Contract and which arise
from the handling of any claim on business covered hereunder, such
liabilities arising because of, but not limited to , the following:
failure by the Company to settle within the policy limit, or by
reason of alleged or actual negligence, fraud or bad faith in
rejecting an offer of settlement or in the preparation of the
defense or in the trail of any action against its insured or
reinsured or in the preparation of prosecution of an appeal
consequent upon such action.  The Reinsurer's liability for extra
contractual obligations shall not exceed their participation of the
maximum limit of liability on the policy from which the extra
contractual obligation arises.               

     The date on which any extra contractual obligation is incurred
by the Company shall be deemed, in all circumstances, to be the
date of the original disaster and/or casualty.  However, this
Article shall not apply where the loss has been incurred due to
fraud or a member of the Board of Directors or a corporate officer
of the Company acting individually or collectively or in collusion
with any individual or corporation or any other organization or
party involved in the presentation, defense or settlement of any
claim covered hereunder.
                           ARTICLE XII
OFFSET

     Each party hereto shall have, and may exercise at any time and
from time to time, the right to offset any undisputed balance or
balances, whether on account of premiums or on account of losses or
otherwise, due from such party to the other party hereto under this
Agreement.

<PAGE> 192

                          ARTICLE XIII
TERMINATION

     Either party may terminate this Agreement with thirty days'
notice in the event that:

1.   One party should at any time become insolvent, or suffer any
impairment of capital, or file a petition in bankruptcy, or go into
liquidation or rehabilitation, or have a receiver appointed, or be
acquired or controlled by any other insurance company or
organization, or

2.   Any law or regulation of any Federal or any State or any Local
Government of any jurisdiction in which the Company is doing
business should render illegal the arrangement made herein, or

3.   With the agreement of the other party.

     In the event of termination, the Reinsurer shall refund to the
Company the applicable unearned premium minus the ceding commission
and shall continue to remain liable for all losses occurring prior
to the date of termination.  However, if this Contract shall
terminate while a loss occurrence covered hereunder is in progress,
it is agreed that, subject to the other conditions of this
Contract, the Reinsurer is responsible for its proportion of the
entire loss.

                           ARTICLE XIV
TAX

     In consideration of the terms under which this Agreement is
issued, the Company undertakes not to claim any deduction of the
premium hereon when making tax returns, other than income or
Profits Tax returns, to any State or Territory of the United States
or to the District of Columbia.

                           ARTICLE XV
COUNTERPARTS

     This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which
shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute
one and the same instrument.

<PAGE> 193

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives,
this 16th day of December, 1994.

                              20TH CENTURY INSURANCE COMPANY

                              
                              By:  William L. Mellick
                                   --------------------------
                              Title:  President & Chief Operating Officer
                                   
                              NEW HAMPSHIRE INSURANCE COMPANY


                              By:  
                                   --------------------------
                              Title: 


                              By:  
                                   --------------------------
                              Title: 


<PAGE> 194

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives,
this 16th day of December, 1994.

                              20TH CENTURY INSURANCE COMPANY

                              
                              By:  
                                   --------------------------
                              Title:  
                                   
                              NEW HAMPSHIRE INSURANCE COMPANY


                              By:  Howard I. Smith
                                   --------------------------
                              Title: Vice President


                              By:  Elizabeth M. Tuck
                                   --------------------------
                              Title: Secretary

<PAGE> 195

                QUOTA SHARE REINSURANCE AGREEMENT
                             between
                 21ST CENTURY CASUALTY COMPANY
           (hereinafter referred to as the "Company")
                               and
        NEW HAMPSHIRE INSURANCE COMPANY (the "Reinsurer")




PREAMBLE

     The Reinsurer hereby agrees to reinsure the Company in respect
of the Company's net liability under all policies, contracts and
binders of insurance (hereafter referred to as "policies") issued
during the term of this Agreement subject to the following terms
and conditions:

                            ARTICLE I
TERM

     This Agreement shall be effective from 12:01 A.M., pacific
standard time, January 1, 1995 and shall remain continuously in
force through December 31, 1999.  The Reinsurer has the option to
renew this Agreement annually for four additional years by
notifying the Company prior to December 31, 1999 or prior to the
expiration date of any renewal.

                           ARTICLE II

PARTICIPATION
     
     The Company shall cede and the Reinsurer shall accept 10% of
the Company's net liability for losses on policies incepting during
the term of this Agreement.  As consideration, the Reinsurer shall
receive a 10% share of the net written premiums, less ceding
commission as described in Article III, generated by such policies. 
In the event the Reinsurer elects to renew this Agreement for
annual periods following December 31, 1999 the participation shall
be 8% on the first renewal, 6% on the second renewal, 4% on the
third renewal and 2% on the fourth renewal.

                           ARTICLE III
COMMISSION

     The Reinsurer shall allow the Company a commission of 10.8% of
the ceded written premium for policies with effective dates from
January 1, 1995 and through December 31, 1995.  For policies with
effective dates in each subsequent underwriting year, the
commission shall be equal to the rate of the Company's incurred
underwriting expenses (as recorded in the Company's statutory
statement) to net written premium for the prior calendar year.

<PAGE> 196

                           ARTICLE IV

REPORTS AND ACCOUNTS

     1.   The Company shall furnish within forty-five days after
the close of each calendar quarter an account reflecting the
following separately for each underwriting year:

     A.   Net written premium ceded during the quarter (credited).

     B.   Commission on the ceded premium (debited).

     C.   Net paid losses (debited).

     D.   Net paid adjustment expenses (debited).

     E.   Net outstanding losses.

     F.   Net unearned premium.

          If the balance of A through D is a credit such
          amount shall be remitted with the account.  If the     
          balance of A through D is a debit, the Reinsurer shall
          remit such amount within 15 days of receipt of the
          account.  Accounts by line of business shall also      
          be provided by the Company including the aforementioned
          information.
                            ARTICLE V
DEFINITION

     Underwriting year shall mean all policies with effective dates
from 12:01 A.M., pacific standard time, January 1st through
December 31st of each calendar year.

     Net written premium or net losses or net liability shall mean
the gross amount less deductions for all other reinsurance.

CURRENCY

     All premium and loss payments hereunder shall be in United
States currency.
                           ARTICLE VI
ACCESS TO RECORDS

     The Reinsurer or its duly appointed representatives shall have
free access at all reasonable times to such books and records of
those Divisions, Departments and Branch Offices of the Company
which are directly involved with the subject matter business of
this Agreement as shall reflect premium and loss transactions of
the Company for the purpose of obtaining any and all information
concerning this Agreement or the subject matter hereof.  All non-
public information provided in the course of the inspection shall
be kept confidential by the Reinsurer as against third parties.

<PAGE> 197

                           ARTICLE VII
INSOLVENCY

     The portion of any risk or obligation assumed by the
Reinsurer, when such portion is ascertained, shall be payable on
demand of the Company at the same time as the Company shall pay its
net retained portion of such risk or obligation, with reasonable
provision for verification before payment, and the reinsurance
shall be payable by the Reinsurer on the basis of the liability of
the Company under the contract or contracts reinsured without
diminution because of the insolvency of the Company.  In the event
of the insolvency of the Company, this reinsurance shall be payable
directly to the Company, or to its liquidator, receiver,
conservator or statutory successor.  Immediately upon demand, on
the basis of the liability of the Company without diminution
because of the insolvency of the Company or because the liquidator,
receiver, conservator or statutory successor of the Company has
failed to pay all or a portion of any claim.  It is agreed, however,
that the liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor
of the Company shall give written notice to the Reinsurer of the
pendency of a claim against the Company which would involve a
possible liability on the part of the Reinsurer, indicating the
policy or bond reinsured, within a reasonable time after such claim
is filed in the conservation or liquidation proceeding or in the
receivership.  It is further agreed that during the pendency of
such claim the Reinsurer may investigate such claim and interpose,
at its own expense, in the proceeding where such claim is to be
adjudicated, any defense or defenses that it may deem available to
the Company or its liquidator, receiver, conservator, or statutory
successor.  The expense thus incurred by the Reinsurer shall be
chargeable, subject to the approval of the Court, against the
Company as part of the expense of conservation or liquidation to
the extent of a pro rata share of the benefit which may accrue to
the Company solely as a result of the defense undertaken by the
Reinsurer.
                          ARTICLE VIII
ARBITRATION

A.   All disputes or differences arising out of the interpretation
of this Agreement shall be submitted to the decision of two
arbitrators, one to be chosen by each party, and in the event of
the arbitrators failing to agree, to the decision of an umpire to
be chosen by the arbitrators.  The arbitrators and umpire shall be
disinterested active or retired executive officials of fire or
casualty insurance or reinsurance companies or Underwriters at
Lloyd's, London.  If either of the parties fails to appoint an
arbitrator within one month after being required by the other party
in writing to do so, or if the arbitrators fail to appoint an
umpire within one month of a request in writing by either of them to
do so, such arbitrator or umpire, as the case may be, shall at the
request of either party be appointed by a Justice of the Supreme
Court of the State of New York.

B.   The arbitration proceeding shall take place in the city in
which the Company's Head Office is located.  The applicant shall
submit its case within one month after the appointment of the court
of arbitration, and the respondent shall submit its reply within
one month after the receipt of the claim.  The arbitrators and
umpire are relieved from all judicial formality and may abstain
from following the strict rules of law.  They shall settle any
dispute under the Agreement according to an equitable rather than
a strictly legal interpretation of its terms.
                                
C.   Their written decision shall be provided to both parties
within ninety days of the close of arbitration and shall be final
and not subject to appeal.

D.   Each party shall bear the expenses of his arbitrator and shall
jointly and equally share with the other the expenses of the umpire
and of the arbitration.

E.   This Article shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

<PAGE> 198

                           ARTICLE IX

ERRORS AND OMISSIONS

     Any inadvertent delay, omission or error shall not relieve
either party hereto from any liability which would attach to it
hereunder if such delay, omission or error had not been made,
provided such delay, omission or error is rectified immediately
upon discovery.

                            ARTICLE X

LOSS & LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSE

A.   The Company alone and at its full discretion shall adjust,
settle or compromise all claims and losses.  All such adjustments,
settlements, and compromises shall be binding on the Reinsurer in
proportion to its participation.  The Company shall likewise at its
sole discretion commence, continue, defend, compromise, settle or
withdraw from actions, suits or proceedings and generally do all
such matters and things relating to any claim or loss as in its
judgment may be beneficial or expedient, and all payments made and
costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith or in taking
legal advice therefor shall be shared by the Reinsurer
proportionately.  The Reinsurer shall, on the other hand, benefit
proportionately from all reductions of losses by salvage,
compromise or otherwise.
                           ARTICLE XI

EXTRA CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

     This Agreement shall protect the Company where the ultimate
net loss includes any extra contractual obligations.  The term
"extra contractual obligations" is defined as those liabilities not
covered under any other provision of the Contract and which arise
from the handling of any claim on business covered hereunder, such
liabilities arising because of, but not limited to , the following:
failure by the Company to settle within the policy limit, or by
reason of alleged or actual negligence, fraud or bad faith in
rejecting an offer of settlement or in the preparation of the
defense or in the trail of any action against its insured or
reinsured or in the preparation of prosecution of an appeal
consequent upon such action.  The Reinsurer's liability for extra
contractual obligations shall not exceed their participation of the
maximum limit of liability on the policy from which the extra
contractual obligation arises.               

     The date on which any extra contractual obligation is incurred
by the Company shall be deemed, in all circumstances, to be the
date of the original disaster and/or casualty.  However, this
Article shall not apply where the loss has been incurred due to
fraud or a member of the Board of Directors or a corporate officer
of the Company acting individually or collectively or in collusion
with any individual or corporation or any other organization or
party involved in the presentation, defense or settlement of any
claim covered hereunder.
                           ARTICLE XII
OFFSET

     Each party hereto shall have, and may exercise at any time and
from time to time, the right to offset any undisputed balance or
balances, whether on account of premiums or on account of losses or
otherwise, due from such party to the other party hereto under this
Agreement.

<PAGE> 199

                          ARTICLE XIII
TERMINATION

     Either party may terminate this Agreement with thirty days'
notice in the event that:

1.   One party should at any time become insolvent, or suffer any
impairment of capital, or file a petition in bankruptcy, or go into
liquidation or rehabilitation, or have a receiver appointed, or be
acquired or controlled by any other insurance company or
organization, or

2.   Any law or regulation of any Federal or any State or any Local
Government of any jurisdiction in which the Company is doing
business should render illegal the arrangement made herein, or

3.   With the agreement of the other party.

     In the event of termination, the Reinsurer shall refund to the
Company the applicable unearned premium minus the ceding commission
and shall continue to remain liable for all losses occurring prior
to the date of termination.  However, if this Contract shall
terminate while a loss occurrence covered hereunder is in progress,
it is agreed that, subject to the other conditions of this
Contract, the Reinsurer is responsible for its proportion of the
entire loss.

                           ARTICLE XIV
TAX

     In consideration of the terms under which this Agreement is
issued, the Company undertakes not to claim any deduction of the
premium hereon when making tax returns, other than income or
Profits Tax returns, to any State or Territory of the United States
or to the District of Columbia.

                           ARTICLE XV
COUNTERPARTS

     This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which
shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute
one and the same instrument.

<PAGE> 200

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives,
this 16th day of December, 1994.

                              21ST CENTURY CASUALTY COMPANY

                              
                              By:  William L. Mellick
                                   --------------------------
                              Title:  President & Chief Operating Officer
                                   
                              NEW HAMPSHIRE INSURANCE COMPANY


                              By:  
                                   --------------------------
                              Title:


                              By:  
                                   --------------------------
                              Title: 

<PAGE> 201

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives,
this 16th day of December, 1994.

                              21ST CENTURY CASUALTY COMPANY

                              
                              By:  
                                   --------------------------
                              Title:
                                   
                              NEW HAMPSHIRE INSURANCE COMPANY


                              By:  Howard I. Smith
                                   --------------------------
                              Title: Vice President


                              By:  Elizabeth M. Tuck
                                   --------------------------
                              Title: Secretary



<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 7
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM 20TH CENTURY
INDUSTRIES FORM 10K AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1994
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1994
<DEBT-HELD-FOR-SALE>                            941406
<DEBT-CARRYING-VALUE>                                0
<DEBT-MARKET-VALUE>                                  0
<EQUITIES>                                         768
<MORTGAGE>                                           0
<REAL-ESTATE>                                        0
<TOTAL-INVEST>                                  942174
<CASH>                                          249834
<RECOVER-REINSURE>                                2737
<DEFERRED-ACQUISITION>                           14776
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 1702810
<POLICY-LOSSES>                                 756243
<UNEARNED-PREMIUMS>                             298519
<POLICY-OTHER>                                       0
<POLICY-HOLDER-FUNDS>                                0
<NOTES-PAYABLE>                                      0
<COMMON>                                         69340
                                0
                                     200000
<OTHER-SE>                                       48604
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   1702810
                                     1034003
<INVESTMENT-INCOME>                              84761
<INVESTMENT-GAINS>                               61554
<OTHER-INCOME>                                    (46)
<BENEFITS>                                     1828346
<UNDERWRITING-AMORTIZATION>                      43409
<UNDERWRITING-OTHER>                             57214
<INCOME-PRETAX>                               (786107)
<INCOME-TAX>                                  (288087)
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                  0
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                  (498020)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                   (9.69)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                   (9.69)
<RESERVE-OPEN>                                  574619
<PROVISION-CURRENT>                            1897390
<PROVISION-PRIOR>                              (84453)
<PAYMENTS-CURRENT>                             1287579
<PAYMENTS-PRIOR>                                344876
<RESERVE-CLOSE>                                 755101
<CUMULATIVE-DEFICIENCY>                        (84453)
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission